Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Book Answers Solutions

Subject Matter Experts at SamacheerKalvi.Guide have created Tamil Nadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Answers Solutions Guide Pdf Free Download of Volume 1 and Volume 2 in English Medium and Tamil Medium are part of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Books Solutions.

Let us look at these TN State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Std Chemistry Guide Pdf of Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes, Chapter Wise Important Questions, Model Question Papers with Answers, Study Material, Question Bank and revise our understanding of the subject.

Students can also read Tamil Nadu 11th Chemistry Model Question Papers 2020-2021 English & Tamil Medium.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Solutions Answers Guide

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Back Answers Solutions Guide Volume 1 and Volume 2.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Back Answers

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Volume 1 Solutions

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Volume 2 Solutions

We hope these Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi Class 11th Chemistry Book Solutions Answers Guide Volume 1 and Volume 2 Pdf Free Download in English Medium and Tamil Medium will help you get through your subjective questions in the exam.

Let us know if you have any concerns regarding TN State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Standard Chemistry Guide Pdf of Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes, Chapter Wise Important Questions, Model Question Papers with Answers, Study Material, Question Bank, drop a comment below and we will get back to you as soon as possible.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

11th Bio Zoology Guide Body Fluids and Circulation Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
What is the function of lymph?
a. Transport of O2 into brain
b. Transport of CO2 into lungs
c. Bring interstitial fluid in blood
d. Bring RBC and WBC in lymph node
Answer:
c. Bring interstitial fluid in blood

Question 2.
Which one of the following plasma proteins is involved in the coagulation of blood?
a. Globulin
b. Fibrinogen
c. Albumin
d. Serum amylase
Answer:
b. Fibrinogen

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 3.
Which of the following WBCs are found in more numbers?
a. Eosinophil
b. Neutrophil
c. Basophil
d. Monocyte
Answer:
b. Neutrophil

Question 4.
Which of the following is not involved in blood clotting?
a. Fibrin
b. Calcium
c. Platelets
d. Bilirubin
Answer:
d. Bilirubin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 5.
Lymph is colourless because
a. WBC are absent
b. WBC are present
c. Haemoglobin is absent
d. RBC are absent
Answer:
d. RBC are absent

Question 6.
Blood group is due to the presence or absence of surface
a. Antigens on the surface of WBC
b. Antibodies on the surface of RBC
c. Antigens on the surface of RBC
d. Antibodies on the surface of WBC
Answer:
c. Antigens on the surface of RBC

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
A person having both antigen A and antigen B on the surface of RBCs belongs to blood group
a. A
b. B
c. AB
d. O
Answer:
c. AB

Question 8.
Erythroblastosis foetalis is due to the destruction of
a. Foetal RBCs
b. Foetus suffers from atherosclerosis
c. Foetal WBCs
d. Foetus suffers from mianmata
Answer:
a. Foetal RBCs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 9.
Dub sound of heart is caused by
a. Closure of atrio-ventricular valves
b. Opening of semi-lunar valves
c. Closure of semi-lunar values
d. Opening of atrio-ventricular valves.
Answer:

Question 10.
Why is the velocity of blood flow the lowest in the capillaries?
a. The systemic capillaries are supplied by the left ventricle, which has a lower cardiac output than the right ventricle.
b. Capillaries are far from the heart, and blood flow slows as distance from the heart increases.
c. The total surface area of the capillaries is larger than the total surface area of the arterioles.
d. The capillary walls are not thin enough to allow oxygen to exchange with the cells.
e. The diastolic blood pressure is too low to deliver blood to the capillaries at a high flow rate.
Answer:
c. The total surface area of the capillaries is larger than the total surface area of the arterioles.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 11.
An unconscious patient is rushed into the emergency room and needs a fast blood transfusion. Because there is no time to check her medical history or determine her blood type, which type of blood should you as her doctor, give her?
a. A
b. AB
c.  Q+ve
d. O ve
Answer:
d. O ve

Question 12.
Which of these functions could or could not be carried out by a red blood cell?
a. Protein synthesis
b. Cell division
c. Lipid synthesis
d. Active transport
a. Protein synthesis – Red blood cells have no DNA.
b. Cell division – Red blood cells have no nucleus. So do not undergo any mitosis and mesiosis.
c. Lipid synthesis – Red blood contains none of the cellular orgakelles.
d. Active transport – Yes, RBC transport O2 and CO2 with in the cell.
Answer:
d. Active transport – Yes, RBC transport O2 and CO2 with in the cell.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 13.
At the venous end of the capillary bed, the osmotic pressure is
a. Greater than the hydrostatic pressure
b. Result in net outflow of fluids
c. Results in net absorption of fluids
d. No change occurs.
Answer:
a. Greater than the hydrostatic pressure

Question 14.
A patient’s chart reveals that he has a cardiac output of 75G0mL per minute and a stroke volume of 50 mL. What is his pulse rate (in beats/min)
a. 50
b. 100
c. 150
d.400
Answer:
c. 150

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 15.
At any given time there is more blood in the venous system than that of the arterial system. Which of the following features of the veins allows this?
a. relative lack of smooth muscles
b. presence of valves
c. proximity of the veins to lymphatic’s
d. thin endothelial lining
Answer:
b. presence of valves

Question 16.
Distinguish between arteries and veins.
Answer:

Arteries Veins
1. They carry blood away from the heart They carry blood from the parts of the body towards the heart.
2. They lie deep inside the body. They lie on the surface beneath the skin.
3. The walls are thick and non-collapsible They have thinner walls.
4. There are no valves. They have valves.
5. Except for the pulmonary artery all the arteries carry oxygenated blood. Except for the pulmonary vein, all the veins carry deoxygenated blood.
6. Blood pressure is high in the arteries Blood pressure is low in the veins.
7. A small sphincter lies at the junction between the arterioles and capillaries to regulate the blood supply. There is no sphincter muscles

Question 17.
Distinguish between open and closed circulation
Answer:

Open circulation Closed circulation
1. The blood pumps from the heart pass into the coelom through blood vessels. The body cavity is known as haemocoel. The blood pumps from the heart push into the blood vessels.
2. (Eg.) Arthropoda Mollusca (Eg.) Annelida vertebrates

Question 18.
Distinguish between the mitral valve and semilunar valve.
Answer:

Mitral valve Semilunar valve
1. It guards the opening between the left atrium and left ventricle It guards the opening of the pulmonary artery and aorta.
2. It allows the blood to flow from auricle to ventricle It allows the blood to flow from the ventricle to the pulmonary artery and aorta.
3. It prevents the backflow of blood It prevents the backflow of blood.
4. The mitral valve closes during contraction of heart and produces a sound lub. The dub sound is produced due to the closure of lunar valves on dialation of heart
5. The chordae tendinae is not connected to this valve. The chordae tendinae is connected to this valve.

Question 19.
The right ventricular wall is thinner than the left ventricular wall. Why?
Answer:
The right ventricle pumps deoxygenated blood, to the lungs through the pulmonary artery. The left ventricle pumps the oxygenated blood to all parts of the body through the aorta. Hence, the left ventricle has to exert more pressure. Hence the right ventricular wall is thinner but the left ventricular walls are thicker.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 20.
What might be the effect on a person whose diet has less iron content?
Answer:

  • The number of red blood cells decreases.
  • Due to the depletion of haemoglobin he finds it difficult to breath.
  • Due to the deficiency of iron anaemia may develop.
  • Due to the deficiency of iron, the oxygen-carrying capacity of haemoglobin reduces.

Question 21.
Describe the mechanism by which the human heartbeat is initiated and controlled.
Answer:

  • The human heart is myogenic in nature.
  • The heartbeat is originated from a pacemaker. The total rate of heartbeat is decided by this node.
  • This pacemaker is situated in the right sinuatrial node.
  • On the left side of the right atrium is a node called auricula ventricular node.
  • Two special cardiac muscle fibres originate from the auriculo ventricular node and are called the bundle of His which runs down into the interventricular septum and the fibres spread into the ventricle called Purkinje fibres.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 1

Origin of heartbeat:

  • Pacemaker cells produce excitation through depolarisation of their cell membrane. The j excitation is spread in to the auricle. Then this is passed on to bundle of His through auriculo ventricular node.
  • The purkinje fibres cause ventricular contraction.

Regulation:

  • The pacemaker cells produce excitation through depolarisation of their cell membrane. Each polarisation is slow taken place by sodium influx and reduction in potassium efflux.
  • Minimal potential is required to activate voltage gated calcium (Ca+) channels that causes rapid depolarisation which results in action potential.
  • The pacemaker cells repolarise slowly via K+ efflux.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 22.
What is lymph? Write its function.
Answer:
About 90% of the fluid that leaks from capillaries eventually seep back into the capillaries and the remaining 10% is collected and returned to the blood system by me of a series of tubules known as lymph vessels or lymphatics.

The fluid inside the lymphatics is called lymph. The lymphatic system consists of a complex network of thin-walled ducts (lymphatic vessels), filtering bodies (lymph nodes), and a large number of lymphocytic cell concentrations in the various lymphoid organisms.

The lymphatic vessels have smooth walls that run parallel to the blood vessels, in the skin, along the respiratory and digestive tracts. These vessels serve as return ducts for the fluids that are continually diffusing out of the blood capillaries into the body tissues.

Lymph fluid must pass through the lymph nodes before it is returned to the blood. The lymph nodes that filter the fluid from the lymphatic vessels of the skin are highly concentrated in the neck, inguinal, axillaries, respiratory and digestive tracts.

The lymph fluid flowing out of the lymph nodes flows into large collecting duct which finally drains into larger veins that run beneath the collar bone, the subclavian vein, and is emptied into the bloodstream. The narrow passages in the lymph nodes are the sinusoids that are lined with macrophages.

The lymph nodes successfully prevent the invading microorganisms from reaching the bloodstream. Cells found in the lymphatics are lymphocytes. Lymphocytes collected in the lymphatic fluid are carried via the arterial blood and are recycled back to the lymph. Fats are absorbed through lymph in the lacteals present in the villi of the intestinal wall.

Question 23.
What are the heart sounds? When and how are these sounds produced?
Answer:
Rhythmic contraction and expansion of the heart are called heartbeat. The contraction of the heart is called systole and the relaxation of the heart is called diastole. The heart normally beats 70-72 times per minute in a human adult. During each cardiac cycle, two sounds are produced that can be heard through a stethoscope.

The first heart sound (lub) is associated with the closure of the tricuspid and bicuspid valves whereas the Second heart sound (dub) is associated with the closure of the semilunar valves. These sounds are of clinical diagnostic significance. An increased heart rate is called tachycardia and decreased heart rate is called bradycardia.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 24.
Select the correct biological term.
Lymphocytes, red cells, leukocytes, plasma, erythrocytes, white cells, hemoglobin, phagocyte, platelets, blood clot.
Answer:

a. Disc-shaped cells which are concave on both sides. Red cells
b. Most of these have a large bilobed nucleus Leucocytes
c. Enable red cells to transport blood. Haemoglobin
d. The liquid part of the blood Plasma
e. Most of them move and change shape like an amoeba Leucocytes
f. Consists of water and important dissolved substances. Plasma
g. Destroyed in the liver and spleen after circulating in the blood for four months. Red cells
h. The substances which give red cells their colour Haemoglobin
i. Another name for red cells Erythrocytes
j. Blood that has been changing to jelly Blood clot
k. A word that means cell eater Phagocytes
l. Cells without nucleus Red cells
m. White cells made in the lymphatic tissue Lymphocytes
n. Blocks wound and prevents excessive bleeding. Blood clot
o. Fragment of cells which are made in the bone marrows Platelets
p. Another name for white blood cells. Leucocytes
q. Slowly releases oxygen to blood cells. Haemoglobin
r. Their function is to help blood clots in wounds. Platelets

Question 25.
Select the correct biological term. Cardiac muscle, atria, tricuspid systole, auricles, arteries, diastole, ventricles, bicuspid valve, pulmonary artery, cardiac cycle, semilunar valve, veins, pulmonary vein, capillaries, vena cava, aorta.
Answer:

a. The main artery’ of the blood. Dorsal aorta
b. Valves between the left atrium and ventricle. Bicuspid valve
c. Technical name for relaxation of the heart. Diastole
d. Another name for atria. Auricle
e. The main vein. Vena cava
f. Vessels which carry blood away from the heart. Aorta
g.Two names for the upper chambers of the heart. Auricle
h. Thick-walled chambers of the heart. Ventricle
I. Carries blood from the heart to the lungs. Pulmonary artery
j. Takes about 0.8 sec to complete. Cardiac cycle
k. Valves situated at the point where blood flows out of the heart. Semilunar valve
l. Vessels which carry blood towards the heart. Vein
m. Carries blood from the lungs to the heart. Pulmonary vein
n. The two lower chambers of the heart. Ventricle
o. Prevent blood from re-entering the ventricles after entering the aorta. Semilunar valve
P. Technical name for one heartbeat. Cardiac cycle
q. Valves between right atrium and ventricles. Tricuspid valve
r. The technical name for the contraction of the heart. Systole
s. Very narrow blood vessels. Capillaries

Question 26.
Name and Label the given diagrams to show A, B, C, D, E, F, and G.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 2

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Body Fluids and Circulation Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
How much time is taken by the 1ml blood passes from the heart to reach upto the feet and returns to the heart again.
a. 60 seconds
b. 62 seconds
c. 72 seconds
d. 80 seconds
Answer:
a. 60 seconds

Question 2.
Find out the wrong statement.
a. The density of protein in tissue fluid is lesser than plasma
b. Blood is a fluid connective tissue
c. The amount of blood present in the 70 kg man is 5 litre
d. The plasma protein albumin provided immunity.
Answer:
d. The plasma protein albumin provided immunity.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 3.
Where is urea synthesised in a man?
a. Spleen
b. Kidney
c. Liver
d. Pan crease
Answer:
c. Liver

Question 4.
Which of the following is rich in urea?
a. Hepatic vein
b. Splenic vein
c. Pancreatic vein
d. Pulmonary vein
Answer:
a. Hepatic vein

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 5.
Which is considered to be the graveyard of RBCs?
a. Liver
b.Spleen
c. Kidney
d. Bone marrow
Answer:
b.Spleen

Question 6.
Which is a heterophil?
a. Neutrophils
b. Eosinophil
c. Basophil
d. Monocytes
Answer:
a. Neutrophils

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
Name the white cell which is bilobed?
a. Monocyte
b. Lymphocyte
c. Eosinophil
d. Basophils
Answer:
c. Eosinophil

Question 8.
Name the blood cell-secreted by megakaryocytes?
a. Red blood cells
b. White blood cells
c. Platelets
d. None of the above
a. I – d, II – c, III – b, IV – a
b. I – a, II – d, III – b, IV – c
c. I – a, II – d, III – b, IV – c
d. I – d, II – c, III – a, IV – b
Answer:
c. I – a, II – d, III – b, IV – c

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 10.
Name the protein which is similar to the protein present in the red blood cells of Rhesus Monkey.
a. D – antigen
b. A – antigen
c. B – antigen
d. A, B – antigen
Answer:
a. D – antigen

Question 11.
Confirm A: Red blood cell contains more hemoglobin
Reason B: There are no cell organelles in the red blood cells.
a. A – True, B – False
b. A – True, B – True
c. A – False, B – True
d. A – False, B – False
Answer:
b. A – True, B – True

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 12.
Name the substance that prevents coagulation in the small blood vessels.
a. Serum
b. Heparin
c. Serotonin
d. Histamines
Answer:
b. Heparin

Question 13.
Name the white blood cells present in lymph?
a. Lymphocytes
b. Monocytes
c. Neutrophils
d. Basophils
Answer:
a. Lymphocytes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 14.
Name the layer which is not seen in capillaries
a. Tunica intima
b. Tunica media
c. Tunica external
d. Tunica internal
Answer:
b. Tunica media

Question 15.
How much time is taken for a single cardiac cycle?
a. 0.7 secs
b. 0.8 secs
c. 0.6 secs
d. 10.9 secs
Answer:
b. 0.8 secs

Question 16.
Find out the wrong pair?
a. Time duration of ‘P’ wave – 0.08 – 0.1 secs
b. Time duration of ‘PQ’ wave – 0.12 – 0.28 secs
c. Time duration of ‘QRS’ wave – 0.06 – 0.09 secs
d. Time duration of T wave – 0.02 – 0.4 secs
Answer:
b. Time duration of ‘PQ’ wave – 0.12 – 0.28 secs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 17.
The slow excitation of the ‘QRS’ wave indicates ………………………….. defect.
a. Inflammation of ventricle
b. Defects in bicuspid valve
c. Block in the coronary artery
d. Defects in the atrioventricular node
Answer:
a. Inflammation of ventricle

Question 18.
Who has explained first about blood circulation?
a. Raymond deviessens
b. William Harvey
c. Robert William
d. James Elam
Answer:
b. William Harvey

Question 19.
What is the normal blood pressure of a man?
a. 120/90 mm Hg
b. 120/80 mm Hg
c. 120 /80 mm Hg
d. 130/80 mm Hg
Answer:
c. 120 /80 mm Hg

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 20.
Which of the following is the cause of a stroke?
a. Rupture of blood vessels in the brain
b. A clot in the blood vessels of brain
c. Deposition in the blood vessels of the brain
d. All the above
Answer:
d. All the above

Question 21.
Does ischemic heart disease indicate?
a. Myocardial infarction
b. Rheumatoid heart disease
c. Angino pectoralis
d. Stroke
Answer:
a. Myocardial infarction

Question 22.
Which one of the following is correct in relation to rheumatoid heart disease?
a. Fibrous nodules on the mitral valve
b. Fibrosis
c. Accumulation of fluid in the pericardial cavity
d. All the above
Answer:
d. All the above

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 23.
Match the following and find the correct answer?
I. Erythropoietin – a. Agglutinization
II. Haematocrit – b. It takes an important role in the inflammation of body tissues
III. Heparin – c. Finding the ratio between blood plasma and red blood cells.
IV. Antigen – d. It stimulates the synthesis of RBCs in the bone marrow.
a. I-d, II-c, III – b, IV-a
b. I – a, II – b, III – c, IV – d
c. I – a, II – c, III – d, IV – b
d. I – d, II – c, III – b, IV – a
Answer:
a. I-d, II-c, III – b, IV-a

Question 24.
Note the given diagram and find out the correct answers.
a. T wave represents the repolarisation of auricle
b. The ‘P’ wave represents the functions of auricle
c. Te ‘Q’ wave represents the depolarization of ventricular septum
d. ‘R’ and ‘S’ wave represents depolarization of auricle
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 3
Answer:
b. The ‘P’ wave represents the functions of the auricle

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
What are the types of body fluids?
Answer:

  • Intracellular fluid – present inside the cells.
  • Extracellular fluid – present outside the cells.

Question 2.
What is meant by interstitial fluid or tissue fluid?
Answer:
A fluid that surrounds the cell is known as interstitial fluid.
(Eg.) Plasma, Lymph

Question 3.
Give short notes on blood?
Answer:

  • Blood is the most common body fluid that | transports substances from one part of the body j to the other. It is known as fluid connective; tissue.
  • The plasma constitutes 55% of total blood volume.
  • The average blood volume is about 5000 mZ (51) is an adult weighing 70 kg.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 4.
What are the components of blood?
Answer:

  1. Red blood cells
  2. White blood cells.
  3. Platelets

Question 5.
Why is spleen considered as a graveyard of red blood cells?
Answer:

  • The average life span of red cells is 120 days.
  • After 120 days the red cells are destroyed in the spleen. Hence the spleen said to be a graveyard of RBCs.

Question 6.
What is hematocrit?
Answer:
The ratio of red blood cells to blood plasma is expressed as hematocrit (packed cell volume).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
What are the types of lymphocytes? What are its uses?
Answer:

  • B – lymphocytes – Produces antibodies
  • T – lymphocytes – Involves in cell-mediated immunity.

Question 8.
Classify the monocytes based on its location?
Answer:

Location Name
1. Central nervous system Microglia
2. Liver sinuses Kupffer cells
3. Lungs Macrophages of alveolei

Question 9.
What are the types of ‘ABO’ blood groups?
Answer:

  • A -blood group
  • B – blood group
  • AB – blood group
  • O- blood group

Question 10.
What is meant by alleleic genes?
Answer:
The gene that regulates the synthesis of A, B and O blood groups in ‘ABO’ type.

Question 11.
What are agglutinogens? What is it’s composition?
Answer:
Antigens present on the surface of RBCs are called agglutinogens.

Composition:
Sucrose, D – galactose, N – acetyl glucosamine, 11 terminal amino acids

 

Question 12.
What are the steps to be taken to prevent erythroblastosis f oetalis?
Answer:
After the first delivery if the first child is the Rh+ve, we should give anti D – antibodies -Rhocum to the
Rh-ve mother.

Question 13.
What is serum?
Answer:
Plasma without fibrinogen is called serum.

Question 14.
What is an anticoagulant substance ? Where is it synthesized?
Answer:
Heparin is an anti coagulant substance. It is synthesized in the mast cells.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 15.
What are the layers of blood vessels
Answer:

  1. Tunica externa – Outer layer
  2. Tunica media – Mid layer
  3. Tunica indima – Inner layer

Question 16.
Give notes on capillaries.
Answer:

  • There is no tunica media in the capillaries
  • It is the site for the exchange of materials between blood and tissues.
  • The blood volume is high but the flow of blood is low.
  • The walls of the capillaries are guarded by semilunar valves.
  • The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood is present in the capillaries.

Question 17.
What is meant by single circulation?
Answer:

  • Single circulation is seen in fishes. There is only one auricle and ventricle in the heart of fishes.
  • The blood flows from heart to gills there it gets oxygenated and supplies to the organ and then returns to the heart.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 18.
What is meant by incomplete double circulation?
Answer:
Reptiles have incompletely divided ventricle. The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood is mixed here. Hence it is known as incomplete double circulation.

Question 19.
What is meant by complete double circulation?
Answer:

  • There are well divided 2 auricle and 2 ventricles in the heart of birds, crocodiles and mammals.
  • The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood is completely separated.
  • The pulmonary and systemic circulation is well defined.

Question 20.
Differentiate the tachycardia and bradycardia?
Answer:

Tachycardia
1. The rate of heartbeat increases
Bradycardia
The rate of heartbeat decreases.

Question 21.
What is meant by cardiac output?
Answer:
The amount of blood pumped out by each ventricle per minute is called the cardiac output.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 22.
What is meant by pulse or pulse rate?
Answer:
The rate of heartbeat per minute is called a pulse.

Question 23.
What is meant by pulse pressure?
Answer:
Pulse pressure: Systolic pressure -diastolic pressure.

Question 24.
What is meant by stroke volume?
Answer:
Stroke volume is the volume of blood pumped out by one ventricle with each beat.
CO = HR x SV

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 25.
When will the stroke volume double?
Answer:

  • During vigorous exercise, SV may double as a result of venous return.
  • The amount of blood pumps out of the ventricle is also increased.

Question 26.
What is meant by mean arterial pressure?
Answer:
Mean arterial pressure is a function of cardiac output and resistance in the arterioles.

Question 27.
What is the baroreceptor reflex?
Answer:
The primary reflex pathway for homeostatic control of mean arterial pressure is the baroreceptor reflex.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 28.
What is meant by orthostatic hypotension?
Answer:
When we are lying flat the gravitational force is evenly distributed. When you stand up gravity causes blood to pool in the lower extremities. The decrease in blood pressure upon standing is known as orthostatic hypotension.

Question 29.
What is myogenic heart ?
Answer:
The heart beat of man is originated from the cardiac muscles. Hence human heart is a myogonic heart.

Question 30.
Tabulate the cardiac diseases?
Answer:

Diseases Defects
1. Coronary heart disease When the coronary arteries are blocked the amount of blood goes to heart muscles decreases leads to oxygen and nutrient deficiency.
2. Vascular diseases Infection in the arteries veins and lymphatic glands
3. Aorta disease The wall of the aorta weekened and bulges to form a balloon like sacor aneurysm.
4. Pericarditis Inflammation in the layers of pericardium
5. Cardio myopathy An abnormally thick heart muscle causing the heart to pump weaker than normal and leads to heart failure.
6. Heart valve disease One or more of the heart valves does not work.
7. Heart failure The heart cannot pump as powerfully as it need to in order to supply like body with 0, and nutrients carrying heart muscles to overwork and weaker.
8. Arrhythmia The heart beats irregularly

Question 31.
What is edema?
Answer:
The concentration of proteins in the blood becomes much lower than usual leads to the accumulation of fluid.

Question 32.
The walls of arteries nearer to the heart are more elastic than the arteries away from the heart? Why?
Answer:

  • When the heart contracts the blood is pushed into the artery hence the pressure in the arteries increases.
  • To withstand the pressure the artery walls nearer to the heart are more elastic and hence they relax and reduce the pressure.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 33.
How is the blood needed for the skeletal muscle during exercise compensated?
Answer:

  • During exercise, more blood is needed for skeletal muscle.
  • Hence the blood is diverted from the digestive system to skeletal muscle.

Question 34.
Define Laplace law? What do you infer from this?
Answer:

  • It states that the tension in the walls of the blood vessel is proportional to the blood pressure and vessel radius.
  • This law is used to understand the structure and function of blood vessels and the heart.

Question 35.
When blood volume drops down abruptly? What happens to the stroke volume?
Answer:
When there is a drop in blood volume the blood flows to the heart decreases hence the blood coming out of the heart during contraction decreases. (Stroke volume decreases)

(3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
List the characteristics of the circulatory system?
Answer:

  • Oxygen and carbon dioxide are exchanged in the luiìgs and tissues.
  • Nutrients are taken from the digestive system and are carried to the liver and through blood taken to all parts of the body.
  • Wastes from the tissues are carried by the blood and finally removed by the kidneys.
  • The hormones are transported to their target organs.
  • Circulatory system helps to maintain the homeostasis of the body fluids and body temperature.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 4

Question 2.
Give notes on plasma?
Answer:

  • Plasma mainly consists of water. It consists of 80 – 92% of water, 0.9 % plasma protein, 0.1 % organic constituents, and respiratory gases.
  • It consists of proteins like prothrombin fibrinogen albumin and globulin.
  • Albumin maintains the osmotic pressure of the blood.
  • Globulin facilitates the transport of ions hormones and lipids.
  • Prothrombin and fibrinogen are involved in blood clotting.
  • Organic constituents include urea amino acid glucose vitamins and fat.
  • Inorganic constituents include chlorides carbonates phosphate and potassium.

Question 3.
Describe about red blood cells?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 5

  1. Red blood cells are abundant than other blood cells. There are about 5 – 5.5 million RBC mm of blood in a healthy man and 4.5 – 5 million RBC mm” in healthy women.
  2. The red colour of the RBC is due to the respiratory pigment haemoglobin and it involves in the transport of respiratory gases.
  3. The biconcave-shaped RBC s increase the surface area.
  4. The RBCs are devoid of nucleus mitochondria ribosomes and endoplasmic reticulum.
  5. The average life span of RBC is about 120 days after which they are destroyed in the spleen.
  6. RBCs are synthesized in the bone marrow.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 4.
Give notes on platelets?

  • Platelets are known as thrombocytes.
  • They are synthesised by the megakaryocytes of bone marrow.
  • They are devoid of a nucleus.
  • Blood normally contains 150000 -350000 platelets mm”3 of blood.
  • They are involved in blood coagulation.
  • The reduction in platelet number can lead to clotting disorders leads to excessive loss of blood from the body.

Question 5.
Arrange the blood groups, their antigens and antibodies and tabulate them.
Answer:

Blood group Agglutiongens (antigens) on the RBC Agglutinin antibodies in the plasma
A A Anti B
B B Anti A
AB AB No antibodies
O No antigens Anti A and Anti B

Question 6.
What is anastomoses?
Answer:

  • These are connections of one blood vessel with another blood vessel.
  • They provide an alternate route of blood flow if the original blood vessel is blocked.
  • Arteries in the joints contain numerous anastomoses. This allows blood to flow freely even if one of the arteries closes during bending of the joints.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
Write notes on coronary blood vessels.
Answer:

  • Blood vessels that supply blood to the cardiac muscles with all nutrients and remove wastes are the coronary artries and veins.
  • Heart muscle is supplied by two arteries namely the right and left coronary arteries.
  • These arteries are the first branch of the aorta.
  • These arteries usually surround the heart in the manner of a crown hence called the coronary artery.
  • Right ventricle and posterior portion of the left ventricle are supplied by the right coronary artery.
  • Anterior and lateral part of the left ventricle is supplied by the left coronary arteries.

Question 8.
Give notes on the heartbeat.
Answer:
1. Rhythmic contraction and expansion of heart is called heartbeat. The contraction of the heart is called systole and the relaxation of the heart is called diastole.

2. The heart normally beats 70 – 72 times per min in a normal adult. Lub and dub sound is produced. These are heart sounds.

3. The sound lub is associated with the closure of the tricuspid and bicuspid and the dub sound is associated with the closure of the semi lunar valves.

4. The heart sounds can be heard through a stethoscope.

5. These sounds are of clinical diagnostic significance.

6. An increased heart rate is called tachycardia and decreased heart rate is called bradycardia.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 9.
What is blood pressure?
Answer:

  • Blood pressure is the pressure exerted on the surface of blood vessels by the blood.
  • This pressure circulates the blood through arteries veins and capillaries.
  • There are 2 types of pressure the systolic pressure and diastolic pressure.
  • Systolic pressure is the pressure in the arteries as the chambers of the heart contract.
  • Diastolic pressure is the pressure in the arteries when the heart chambers relax
  • Blood pressure is measured using a sphygmomanometer.
  • Normal blood pressure in man is about 120 / 80 mm Hg.

Question 10.
What is single circulation and what is double circulation?
Answer:
Single circulation:

  • The blood circulates once through heart and supplies blood to all the parts of the body. This is single circulation.
  • There is systemic and pulmonary circulation. (Eg.) The two-chambered heart of fishes.

Double circulation:
There are two types of circulation.
Systemic circulation:

  • The oxygenated blood entering the aorta from the left ventricle is carried by a network of arteries to the tissues.
  • The deoxygenated blood from the tissue is collected and emptied into the right atrium.

Pulmonary circulation:
The blood from right ventricle is taken to the lungs by the pulmonary artery and the oxygenated blood from the lungs is emptied into the left auricle by the pulmonary vein.

Question 11.
Why the pressure in the blood vessels nearer to the alveolei of lung is low and the pressure of arteries nearer to the heart is high?
Answer:

  • The alveoli are very thin. Hence exchange of gases are taking place easily.
  • If the pressure of the blood vessels of alveoli increases the blood vessels will damage and there is collection of tissue fluid

Question 12.
Explain about heart failure or myocardial infarction?
Answer:

  • This heart failure is due to decrease in cardiac muscle contractility.
  • When blood supply to the heart muscle is remarkably reduced it leads to death of the muscle fibres.
  • The blood clot or thrombosis blocks the blood supply to the heart and weakens the muscle fibres.
  • It is also called Ischemic heart disease due to lack of oxygen supply to the heart muscles.
  • If this persists it leads to chest pain or angina.
  • Prolonged angina leads to death of the heart muscle resulting in heart failure.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 13.
What is cardiopulmonary resuscitation?
Answer:
1. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation is a life-saving procedure that is done at the time of emergency conditions such as when a person’s breath on heartbeat has stopped abruptly in case of drowning electric shock or heart attack.

2. CPR includes rescue of breath which is achieved by mouth to mouth breathing to deliver oxygen to the victim’s lungs by external chest compression which helps to circulate blood to the vital organs.

3. CPR must be performed within 4 to 6 minutes. Brief electric shock is given to the heart to recover the function of the heart (defibrillation).

Question 14.
What is meant by varicose veins?
Answer:

  • The veins are so dilated that the valves prevent the backflow of blood.
  • The veins lose their elasticity and become congested.
  • Common sites are legs rectal anal regions, and spermatic cords.

15. What is embolism?

  • It is the obstruction of the blood vessel.
  • It is due to the abnormal mass of materials such as fragment of the blood clot.
  • If embolus occurs in the lungs coronary artery or liver that leads to death.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 16.
Write notes on Rheumatoid heart disease?
Answer:

  • Rheumatic fever is an auto immense disease.
  • It is due to the streptococcal infection in the throat.
  • The fever occurs 2-4 weeks after the infection.
  • The antibodies developed to combat the infection cause damage to the heart.
  • The symptoms include fibrous nodules on the mitral valve. Fibrosis of the connective tissue and accumulation of fluid in the pericardial cavity.

Question 17.
Write notes on stroke and Angina pectoris?
Answer:
Stroke:
Stroke is a condition when the blood vessels in the brain bursts or when there is a block in the artery that supplies the brain. The part of the brain tissue that is supplied by this damaged artery dies due to lack of oxygen, (cerebral infarction)

Angina Pectoris:
If Atheroma may partially block the coronary artery and reduce the blood supply to the heart. As a result, there is tightness or choking with difficulty in breathing.
This leads to angina or chest pain. It lasts for a short duration of time.
reduces the blood flow.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 19.
Give short notes on heart transplantation?
Answer:

  • The first heart transplantation surgery was performed by South African professor – Christian Bernard in the year 1959.
  • He has done heart transplantation operation in December 3rd 1967 Inkrute shour hospital at Capetown.
  • In India, in 1994 at AIMS hospital on August 3rd Dr. Anangipalli Venu Gopal has performed the heart transplantation surgery.

Question 20.
What is an aneurysm?
Answer:

  • The weekened regions of the wall of the artery orvein bulge to forma baloon like sac. This is called aneurysm.
  • Unruptured aneurysm may exert pressure on the adjacent tissues or may burst causing massive hemorrhage.

( 5 marks)

V. Essay Questions

Question 1.
Describe about white blood cells.
Answer:

  • White blood cells are colourless amoeboid nucleated cells devoid of hemoglobin and hence colourless.
  • 6000 – 8000 per cubic mm of WBC s are seen in the blood. WBCs are synthesized in the bone marrow these are of two types.
  • Granulocytes and agranolocytes.

I Granulocytes:
a) Neutrophils:

  • They are also called heterophils. Hence the nucleus has 3-4 lobes they are called polymorphonuclear.
  • This constitutes about 60 – 65 % of the total WBC.

b) Eosinophils:

  • They have a bilobed nucleus.
    Eosinophils Basophils Neutrophils
  • It constitutes about 2 – 3 % of total WBCs.
  • Their number increases during allergic reactions.

c) Basophils:

  • They are less numerous than any other type of WBCs constituting 0.5 % -1 % of total WBCs.
  • The nucleus is large and has granules in the cytoplasm.
  • They secrete heparin serotonin and histamines.

II A granulocytes:
a) Lymphocytes:

  • They are secreted in the lymph gland and spleen.
  • Lymphocytes constitute 28% of WBCs. They have large nucleus and small amount of cytoplasm.
  • The two types of lymphocytes are B and T cells.
  • B cells produce antibodies to neutralize the harmful effects of foreign substances. T cells are involved in cell-mediated immunity.

b) Monocytes:

  • They are phagocytic cells. They have kidney-shaped nucleus. They constitute 1 – 3 % of the total WBCs.
  • The macrophages of the central nervous system are the microglia and in the liver they are called “Kupffer cells” and in the pulmonary region they are the alveolar macrophages.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 2.
Give notes of Rh factor?
Answer:

  • Rh factor is a protein (D antigen) present on the surface of the red blood cells.
  • This protein is similar to the protein present in Rhesus monkey hence the term ‘Rh’
  • If people have antigen D on the surface of red blood cells are Rh positive (Rh ) and the people who do not carry antigen D ar Rh negative (Rh )
  • Rh factor compatibility is also checked before blood transfusion.
  • When a pregnant women is R1T and the foetus is Rh+ incompatibility is observed.
  • During the first pregnancy the Rh antigens of the foetus does not get exposed to the mother’s blood.
  • However small amount of the foetal antigen becomes exposed to the mother’s blood during the birth of the first child.
  • Mother blood starts to synthesize D antibodies.
  • But during second pregnancies the Rh antibodies from the mother enters the foetal circulation and destroys the foetal RBCs. The foetus dies. This condition is known as erythroblastosis foetalis.
  • This can be avoided by giving anti D antibodies (Rhocum) to the mother immediately after the first child birth.

Question 3.
What is coagulation of blood?
Answer:
The mechanism by which excessive blood loss is prevented by the formation of clot is called blood coagulation.

  • The clotting process begins when the endothelium of the blood vessel is damaged and the connective tissue in its wall is exposed to the blood.
  • Platelets adhere to collagen fibres in the connective tissue and releases blood clotting factors.
  • The blood clotting factors with platelets form the platelet plug which provides emergency protection against blood loss.
  • Clotting factors released from the clumbed platelet mix with clotting factors in the plasma.
  • The inactivated prothrombin is converted into active thrombin in the presence of calcium and vitamin K.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 6

Thrombin converts soluble fibrinogen into insoluble fibrin in plasma Fibrinogen Thrombin Fibrin
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 7

The threads of fibrins become interlinked into a patch that traps blood cell and seals the injured vessel and prevent blood loss.

Question 4.
Give an account of composition of lymph and explains about its significances?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 8

  • About 90% of fluid that leaks from capillaries seeps back into the capillaries and the remaining 10% is collected and returned to blood system by means of lymphvessel.
  • The fluid inside the lymphatics is called lymph.

Lymphatic system:

  • The lymphatic system consists of a complex network of thin walled ducts having group of immune response cells.
  • The lymphatic vessels have smooth walls that run parallel to the blood vessels in the skin along the respiratory and digestive tracts.
  • These vessels serve as return d ucts for the fluids that are continually diffusing out of the blood capillaries into the body tissues.
  • The lymphatic nodes arc concentrated in the neck ingunial axillaries respiratory and digestive tracts.
  • The lymph fluid flowing out of the lymph nodes flow into large collecting ducts which finally drains into larger veins thats runs beneath the collar bone the subclavian vein and is emptied in to the blood stream.
  • The lymph nodes contain macrophage cells and they prevent the invading microorganisms from reaching the blood stream. Cells found in the lymphatics are the lymphocytes.
  • Fats are absorbed through lymph in the lacteals present in the villi of the intestinal wall

Question 5.
Describe the structure of heart with a diagram?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 9

  • The structure of human heart was described byRaymond deviessens in 1706.
  • It is situated in the thoracic cavity and its apex portion is slightly tilted towards left. It weighs about 300 g in a adult. The size of our heart is roughly equal to a closed fist.
  • Heart is divided into four chambers upper two auricles and lower two ventricles.
  • The walls of the ventricles are thicker than the auricle.
  • The heart is covered with pericardium. The pericardial space is filled with pericardial fluid.
  • The heart wall is made up of three layers. The outer epicardium middle myocardium the inner endo cardium.
  • The two auricles are separated by inter auricular septum and the two ventricles are separated by inter ventricular septum.
  • Tricuspid valve is present in between the opening of right auricle and right ventricle and bicuspid valve is present in between the opening of left auricle and left ventricle.
  • From the right ventricle arises pulmonary artery and from the left ventricle arises dorsal aorta.
  • The semilunar valve is present at the beginning of these arteries.
  • The deoxygenated blood from all the parts of body reaches left auricle through superior and inferior venacava.
  • The oxygenated blood reaches the left auricle through four pulmonary vein.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 6.
Describe the functioning of heart with a diagram or Describe about the cardiac cycle?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 10
The events that occur at the beginning of heart beat and lasts until the beginning of next beat is called cardiac cycle. It lasts for 0.8 seconds.

Phase I:
Ventricular diastole – During this phase the blood pressure increases AV valves are opened and the semi lunar valves are closed. Blood flows from the auricles into the ventricles passively.

Phase II:
During atrial systole the ventricle is in relaxed position. The contraction of the auricles pushes maximum volume of blood to the ventricles.
The end diastolic volume is related to the length of the cardiac muscle fibre. More the muscle is stretched greater the EDV and the stroke volume.

Phase III:
Ventricular systole – During this phase the ventricular pressure increases and the AV value closes.
The blood is pumped from the ventricles into the aorta.

Phase IV:
Ventricular systole – During this phase the ventricular pressure increases that forces semi lunar valve to open.
Blood is ejected out of the ventricles without back flow of blood.
This point is the end of systolic volume.

Phase V:
Ventricular diastole – The ventricles begins to relax pressure in the arteries exceeds ventricular pressure resulting in the closure of semilunar valves.
The heart returns to phase I of the cardiac cycle.

Question 7.
How is regulation of cardiac activity taking place?
Answer:

  • The human heart is myogenic hence the heart beat originated from the heart muscles.
  • This activity is controlled through autonomic nervous system that includes sympathetic and para

sympathetic nerves
Sympathetic nervous system:
The epinephrine releases from adrenal medulla and nor-epinephrine releases from sympathetic neurons bind to B – adrenergic receptors and increase the heart rate.
Para sympathetic nervous system:
The acetylcholine secreted by this binds with muscarinic receptors decreases the heart beat.
Vaso pressin and angio tension II involved in the regulation of the Kidneys causes vaso constriction.
Natriuretic peptide promotes vasodialation.
Vagus nerve is a parasympathetic nerve that supplies the atrium especially the SA and AV node.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 6 Respiration Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

11th Bio Zoology Guide Respiration Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
Breathing is controlled by
a) cerebrum
b) medulla oblongata
c) cerebellum
d) pons
Answer:
b) medulla oblongata

Question 2.
Intercostal muscles are found between the
a) vertebral column
b) sternum
c) ribs
d) glottis
Answer:
c) ribs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
The respiratory structures of insects are
a) tracheal tubes
b) gills
c) green glands
d) lungs
Answer:
a) tracheal tubes

Question 4.
Asthma is caused due to
a) inflammation of bronchus and bronchioles
b) inflammation of branchiole
c) damage of diaphragm
d) infection of lungs
Answer:
a) inflammation of bronchus and bronchioles

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 5.
The Oxygen Dissociation Curve is
a) sigmoid
b) straight line
c) curved
d) rectangular hyperbola
Answer:
a) sigmoid

Question 6.
The Tidal Volume of a normal person is
a) 800 mL
b) 1000-1200 mL
c) 500 mL
d) 1100-1200 mL
Answer:
c) 500 mL

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 7.
During inspiration, the diaphragm
a) expands
b) unchanged
c) relaxes to become domed-shaped
d) contracts and flattens
Answer:
d) contracts and flattens

Question 8.
CO2 is transported through blood to lungs as
a) carbonic acid
b) oxyhaemoglobin
c) carbamino haemoglobin
d) carboxy haemoglobin
Answer:
c) carbamino haemoglobin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 9.
When 1500 mL air is in the lungs, it is called
a) vital capacity
b) tidal volume
c) residual volume
d) inspiratory reserve volume
Answer:
c) residual volume

Question 10.
Vital capacity is
a) TV + IRV
b) TV + ERV
c) RV + ERV
d) TV + IRV + ERV
Answer:
d) TV + IRV + ERV

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 11.
After a long deep breath, we do not respire for some seconds due to
a) more CO2 in the blood
b) more O2 in the blood
c) less CO2 in the blood
d) less O2 in the blood
Answer:
b) more O2 in the blood

Question 12.
Which of the following substances in tobacco smoke damage the gas exchange system?
a) carbon monoxide and carcinogens
b) carbon monoxide and nicotine
c) carcinogens and tar
d) nicotine and tar
Answer:
b) carbon monoxide and nicotine

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 13.
Column I represents diseases and column II represents their symptoms Choose the correctly paired option.

Column I Column II
P. Asthma i) Recurring of bronchitis
Q. Emphysema ii) Accumulation of W.B.C in alveolus
R. Pneumonia iii) Allergy

a) P – iii, Q – ii, R – i
b) P – iii, Q – i, R – ii
c) P – ii, Q – iii, R – i
d) P – ii, Q – i, R -iii
Answer:
a) P – iii, Q – ii, R – i

Question 14.
Which of the following best describes the process of gas exchange in the lungs?
a) Air moves in and out of the alveoli during breathing.
b) Carbon dioxide diffuses from deoxygenated blood in capillaries into the alveolar air
c) Oxygen and carbon dioxide diffuse down their concentration gradients between blood and alveolar air
d) Oxygen diffuses from alveolar air into deoxygenated blood.
Answer:
c/d

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 15.
Make the correct pairs.

Column I Column II
PIC i) maximum volume of air breathe in after forced
QEC ii) Volume of air present after expiration in lungs
RVC iii) Volume of air inhaled after expiration
SFRC iv) Volume of air exhaled after inspiration

a) P – i, Q – ii, R – iii, S – iv
b) P – ii, Q – iii R – iv, S – i
c) P – ii, Q – iii, R – i, S – iv
d) P – iii, Q – iv, R – i, S – ii
Answer:
d) P – iii, Q – iv, R – i, S – ii

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 16.
Make the correct pairs.

Column I Column II
P. Tidal volume i) 1000 to 1100 ml
Q. Residual volume ii) 500 ml
R. Expiratory reserve volume iii) 2500 to 3000 ml
S. Inspiratory reserve volume iv) 1100 to 1200 ml

a) P – ii, Q – iv, R – i, S – iii
b) P – iii, Q – ii R – iv, S – i
c) P – ii, Q – iv, R – iii, S – i
d) P – iii, Q – iv, R – i, S – ii
Answer:
a) P – ii, Q – iv, R – i, S – iii

Question 17.
Name the respiratory organs of flatworm earthworm, fish, prawn, cockroach, and cat.
Answer:
Flatworm – Body surface
Earthworm – Moist skin
Fish – Gills
Prawn – Gills
Cockroach – Trachea
Cat – Lungs

Question 18.
Name the enzyme that catalyses the bicarbonate formation in RBCs.
Answer:
Carbonic anhydrase

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 19.
Air moving from the nose to the trachea passes through a number of structures. List in order of the structures.
Answer:
External nostrils, Nasal cavity, pharynx Larynx, trachea, the bronchi bronchioles, and the lungs (alveoli)

Question 20.
Which structures seal the Larynx when we swallow?
Answer:
Epiglottis.

Question 21.
Resistance in the airways is typically low why? Give two reasons.
Answer:
The airway resistance is low because:

  • The diameter of most airways is relatively large.
  • For smaller airways there are many in parallel, making their combined diameter large.
  • Air has a low viscosity.

Question 22.
How the body makes long-term adjustments when living in high altitude?
Answer:

  • When a person travels from sea level to elevations where the atmospheric pressure and partial pressure of O2 lowered there is a poor binding of O2 with haemoglobin leads to acute mountain sickness.
  • When the person lives there for a long time the kidney synthesizes the erythropoietin which stimulates the bone marrow to produce more RBCs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 23.
Why is pneumonia considered a dangerous disease?
Answer:
Inflammation of the lungs due to infection caused by bacteria or viruses is called pneumonia. The symptoms are sputum production, nasal congestion, shortness of breath, sore throat, etc. The alveoli get filled with fluid or pus, making it difficult to breathe (lung abscesses).

Question 24.
Diffusion of gases occurs in the alveolar region and only not in any other part of the respiratory system discuss.
Answer:

  • The other parts of the respiratory system do the work of passing the air into the lungs only.
  • Real respiration takes place between alveoli and blood capillaries.

The diffusion membrane of the alveolus is made up of three layers.

  1. The thin squamous epithelial cells.
  2. The endothelium of the alveolar capillaries.
  3. The basement substance found in between them.

The thin squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli provide space for gaseous exchange

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 25.
Sketch a flow chart to show the pathway of airflow during respiration.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 9

Question 26.
Explain the conditions which create problems in oxygen transport?
Answer:

When a person travels quickly from sea level to elevations above 8000 ft, where the atmospheric pressure and partial pressure of oxygen are lowered, the individual responds with symptoms of acute mountain sickness (AMS)- headache, shortness of breath, nausea, and dizziness due to poor binding of O2 with hemoglobin. When the person moves on a long-term basis to mountains from sea level his body begins to make respiratory and hematopoietic adjustments.

To overcome this situation kidneys accelerate the production of the hormone erythropoietin, which stimulates the bone marrow to produce more RBCs. When a person descends deep into the sea, the pressure in the surrounding water increases which causes the lungs to decrease in volume.

This decrease in volume increases the partial pressure of the gases within the lungs. This effect can be beneficial, because it tends to drive additional oxygen into the circulation, but this benefit also has a risk, the increased pressure can also drive nitrogen gas into the circulation.

This increase in blood nitrogen content can lead to a condition called nitrogen narcosis. When the diver ascends to the surface too quickly a condition called ‘bends’ or decompression sickness occurs and nitrogen comes out of solution while still in the blood-forming bubbles. Small bubbles in the blood are not harmful, but large bubbles can lodge in small capillaries, blocking blood flow or can press on nerve endings.

Decompression sickness is associated with pain in joints and muscles and neurological problems including a stroke. The risk of nitrogen narcosis and bends is common in scuba divers. During carbon-dioxide poisoning, the demand for oxygen increases. As the O2 level in the blood decreases it leads to suffocation and the skin turns bluish-black.

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Respiration Additional Important Questions and Answers

(1 Mark)

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
What are the respiratory organs of the Limulus?
a) Trachea
b) Gills
c) Bookgills
d) Green glands
Answer:
c) Bookgills

Question 2.
The failure of tissues for any reason to receive an adequate supply of oxygen.
a) apnoea
b) Dyspnoea
c) Hypoxia
d) Opnia
Answer:
c) Hypoxia

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
These are mucous-secreting cells.
a) Oxynctic cells
b) Chief cells
c) Goblet cells
d) Parietal cells
Answer:
c) Goblet cells

Question 4.
These are the respiratory surfaces.
a) brunchioles
b) Terminal bronchiole
c) alveoli
d) small bronchi
Answer:
c) alveoli

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 5.
What is the average rate of respiration of a healthy man?
a) 12-16 times
b) 8-10 times
c) 5-10 times
d) 15 – 30 times
Answer:
a) 12-16 times

Question 6.
Match:
1) Residual volume i) 6000 ml
2) Expiratory reserve volume ii) 2500 – 3000 ml
3) Inspiratory reserve volume iii) 1000 -1100 ml
4) Total lung capacity iv) 1100 -1200 ml
1) i – iv; 2 – i; 3 – ii; 4 – iii
b) i – i; 2 – ii; 3 – iii; 4 – iv
c) i – iii; 2 – i; 3 – iv; 4 – ii
d) i – iv; 2 – iii; 3 – ii; 4 – i
Answer:
d) i – iv; 2 – iii; 3 – ii; 4 – i

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 7.
1) Atmospheric air i) Partial pressure of O2 -104
2) Alveoli ii) Partial pressure of O2 – 40
3) Tissues iii) Partial pressure of O2 – 95
4) Oxygenated iv) Partial pressure of O2 – blood 159
a) i – i; 2 – ii; 3 – iii; 4 – iv
b) i – ii; 2 – iii; 3 – i; 4 – iv
c) i – iv; 2 – iii; 3 – ii; 4 – i
d) i – iv; 2 – i; 3 – ii; 4 – iii
Answer:
d) i – iv; 2 – i; 3 – ii; 4 – iii

Question 8.
Find out the correct statement and assertion:
Assertion: The high partial pressure of CO2 provides essential space for the dissociation of O2 from oxyhemoglobin
Reason: Haemoglobin takes a maximum of 4 molecules of CO2
a) Assertion and reason are correct
b) Assertion wrong reason wrong
c) Assertion correct reason correct. The reason explains the assertion.
d) Assertion correct Reason wrong
Answer:
d) Assertion correct Reason wrong

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 9.
Assertion: The CO2 when enters into the blood combines with water to form carbonic acid
Reason: Carbonic anhydrase enzyme acts as a catalyst for this reaction
a) Assertion correct Reason wrong
b) Assertion wrong Reason correct
c) Assertion and reason are wrong
d) Assertion and reason are correct
Answer:
d) Assertion and reason are correct

Question 10.
Find out the causative agent of Tuberculosis.
a) Mycobacterium tuberculate
b) Salmonella tubercular
c) Mycobacterium calaracea.
d) Mycobacterium entries
Answer:
a) Mycobacterium tuberculate

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 11.
What is the cause of pleurisy?
a) embolism
b) constriction of airways
c) alveolei is damaged
d) Pleura becomes inflammed
Answer:
d) Pleura becomes inflammed

Question 12.
People workes in the sand grinding mills may have this disease?
a) asbestosis
b) Fibrosis
c) Silicosis
d) Nephrosis
Answer:
c) Silicosis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 13.
What is the cause of the disease bend?
a) Fibrosis
b) Necrosis
c) Narcosis
d) Silicosis
Answer:
c) Narcosis

Question 14.
Find the wrong pair.

a) Larynx Epiglottis prevents the food from entering into the larynx
b) C-shaped cartilage Ensures that the air passage does not collapse or burst.
c) The rigidity of bronchioles Prevent them from collapsing
d) Fine respiratory brochioler Terminate into air sacs

Question 15.
Read the following statement and find whether they are correct or wrong.
1) The thin squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli are composed of Type-I and the gases can diffuse rapidly through them
2) Type-II cells are thin. The gaseous exchange takes place through diffusion.
3) The spirometer is used to find the volume of air
4) A healthy man respires 10-15 times per minute
a) 1 – True; 2 – False; 3 – True; 4 – False
b) 1 – True; 2 – True; 3 – False; 4 – True
c) 1 – False; 2 – True; 3 – False; 4 – True
d) 1 – True; 2 – False; 3 – True; 4 – False
Answer:
a) 1 – True; 2 – False; 3 – True; 4 – False

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 16.
Amount of air inspired or expired with each normal breath.
a) 600 ml
b) 500 ml
c) 700 ml
d) 800 ml
Answer:
b) 500 ml

Question 17.
A normal human adult can inspire or expire approximately.
a) 5000-8000 ml
b) 6000 – 7000 ml
c) 6000-8000 ml
d) 5000 – 9000 ml
Answer:
c) 6000-8000 ml

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 18.
During vigorous exercise, the tidal volume is about
a) 4 -10 times
b) 4 – 7 times
c) 4 – 6 times
d) 4 – 9 times
Answer:
a) 4 -10 times

Question 19.
Match the following.
i) Inspiratory reserve volume i) 6000 ml
ii) Expiratory reserve volume ii) 1100-1200 ml
iii) Residual volume iii) 1000-31100 ml
iv) Total lung capacity iv) 2500 – 43000 ml
a) i – 2; ii – 3; iii – 4; iv – 2
b) i – 1; ii – 2; iii – 3 ; iv – 4
c) i – 4; ii – 2; iii – 2; iv -1
d) i – 3; ii – 2; iii -1; iv – 4
Answer:
c) i – 4; ii – 2; iii – 2; iv -1

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 20.
The amount of air that moves into the respiratory passage in a minute.
a) 7000ml
b) 8000 ml
c) 9000 ml
d) 6000 ml
Answer:

Question 21.
The amount of air that is not involved in gaseous exchange.
a) 200 ml
b) 150 ml
c) 300 ml
d) 250 ml
Answer:
d) 250 ml

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 22.
Total lung capacity is ………….
a) VC+RC
b) TV+IRV
c) ERV+TV+IRV
d) TV+ERV
Answer:
a) VC+RC

Question 23.
What is the solubility of carbon dioxide in tissues?
a) 30 – 35 times
b) 20 – 30 times
c) 20 – 25 times
d) 20 – 22 times
Answer:
c) 20 – 25 times

Question 24.
Vital Capacity is:
a) TV+IRV+ERV
b) RV+ERV
c) TV+IRV
d) TV+ERV
Answer:
a) TV+IRV+ERV

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 25.
In what form oxygen is transported in blood.
a) HbO4
b) HbO6
c) HbO2
d) HbO3
Answer:
c) HbO2

Question 26.
How many molecules of oxygen are accepted by haemoglobin?
a) 4
b) 3
c) 2
d) 1
Answer:
a) 4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 27.
How much O2 is delivered in 100ml of blood in normal physiological conductions?
a) 6 ml
b) 5 ml
c) 7 ml
d) 8 ml
Answer:
b) 5 ml

Question 28.
Find out the wrong pair.

a) Dissolved CO2 in blood Plasma 7- 10%
b) The transport of O2 in blood in the dissolved state 7%
c) The dissolved CO2 in haemoglobin 20-25%
d) Emphysema Smoking

Answer:
b) The transport of O2 in blood in the dissolved state – 7%

Question 29.
Where is the respiratory regulatory center present in the brain?
a) Pons Varoli
b) Pons
c) Medulla oblongata
d) cerebellum
Answer:
a) Pons Varoli

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 30.
In which altitude the symptoms of a cute mountain sickness appear?
a) 1000 feet
b) 9000 feet
c) 8000 feet
d) 7000 feet
Answer:
c) 8000 feet

Question 31.
Find out the wrong pair

a) Erythropoietin Increases the red blood cell synthesis
b) Nitrogen narcosis decompression sickness
c) Carbonic anhydrase Synthesis of carbonic acid
d) Normal ferrous Methaemoglobin

Answer:
d) Normal ferrous – Methaemoglobin

Question 32.
Find the wrong pair.

a) Level of O2 in the blood is low Skin turns bluish-black
b) Sigmoid curve Percentage Saturation of haemoglobin
c) Haemoglobin HbO4
d) Emphysema Smoking

Answer:
c) Haemoglobin – HbO4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 33.
Whether the following statements are True or False. If so arrange them in order
i) tuberculosis is caused by mycobacterium tubercular
ii) The lungs are affected due to the bacterial infection and pneumonia fever
iii) bronchitis causes mucous accumulation in the lungs
iv) Asthma is caused by virus Sequence
a) i – True, ii – False, iii – True, iv – False
b) i – False, ii – False, iii – True, iv – False
c) i – True, ii – True, iii – True, iv – False
d) i – True, ii – True, iii – False, iv – True
Answer:
a) i – True, ii – False, iii – True, iv – False

Question 34.
Confirm:
Assertion (A): Workers working in grinding industries wear protective masks
Reason (B): People working in grinding industries suffers from silicosis
a) A – True, B – True
b) A-False, B-True
c) The assertion A is wrong
d) assertion A is wrong. The reason B is True
Answer:
a) A – True, B – True

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 35.
Confirm:
Part – A: The tar present in the nicotine damages the gaseous exchange.
Part – B: The blood vessels get narrower and the blood pressure increases due to smoking Ans:
a) Part A – False, Part B – Ture
b) Part A- True, Part B-True
c) Part A – True, Part B – is not correct explanation
d) Part A – It is a correct statement. Part B is not a correct statement
Answer:
b) Part A- True, Part B-True

Question 36.
Match and find the correct sequence
i) Pleurisy A) Constriction of alveoli
ii) Atelectasis B) Widening of alveoli
iii) Emphysema c) Accumulation of fluid in the air spaces
iv) Pulmonary edema D) Pleura becomes inflamed
a) I – D, II-A, III – B, IV – C
b) I – A, II – B, III – C, IV – D
c) I – D, II – C, III – B, IV – A
d) I – A, II – C, III-A, IV – B
Answer:
a) I – D, II-A, III – B, IV – C

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 37.
Match and find the correct sequence
i) Tuberculosis A) Alveolei will be affected
ii) Pneumonia B) Inflamation of bronchioles
iii) Asthma Q Mycobacterium
iv) Bronchitis D) Mucous secretion
a) I – A, II – B, III – C, IV – D
b) I – C, II-A, III – D, IV – D
c) I – A, II – C, III – B, IV – D
d) I – A, II – B, III – D, IV – C
Answer:
b) I – C, II-A, III – D, IV – D

Question 38.
The world tuberculosis day
a) March 20th
b) March 21st
c) March 23rd
d) March 24th
Answer:
d) March 24th

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 39.
What is the surface area of the lungs?
a) 500 square feet
b) 525 square feet
c) 550 square feet
d) 600 square feet
Answer:
b) 525 square feet

Question 40.
What is the speed of sneeze?
a) 165 km/hr
b) 200 km/hr
c) 250 km / hr
d) 225 km/ hr
Answer:
a) 165 km/hr

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 41.
The adult respires ………………….. time and newborn child respires …………………. times.
a) 12-16;30-60
b) 12-14;30-50
c) 12-20; 30-70
d) 12-30;30-70
Answer:
a) 12-16;30-60

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
What is excretion?
Answer:
The exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide between the environment and cells of our body, where organic nutrients are broken down oxygenatically to release energy.

Question 2.
How much air can be respired by a normal human adult?
Answer:
A normal adult can respire approximately 6000 to 8000 ml of air per minute. During vigorous exercise, the tidal volume is about 4-10 times higher.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
The rate of breathing in aquatic animals is faster than the of terrestrial animals. Give reason.
Answer:
The amount of dissolved oxygen is very low in water compared to the amount of oxygen in the air. Hence the rate of breathing in aquatic animals is faster than the terrestrial animals.

Question 4.
What is residual volume?
Answer:

  • The volume of air remaining in the lungs after a forceful expiration.
  • Ex.: 1100-1200ml.

Question 5.
What is the function of epiglottis?
Answer:
Epiglottis is a thin elastic flap at the junction of the nasopharynx and larynx. It prevents the food from entering into the larynx and avoids choking on food.

Question 6.
What is meant by inspiratory capacity?
Answer:
The total volume of air a person can inhale after normal expiration. It includes tidal volume and inspiratory reserve volume.
IC = TV + IRV

Question 7.
What is expiratory capacity?
Answer:
The total volume of air a person can exhale after a normal inspiration. It includes tidal volume and expiratory reserve volume.
EC = TV + ERV

Question 8.
How are lungs protected?
Answer:
The lungs are light spongy tissues enclosed in the thoracic cavity surrounded by an air-tight space. It is bound dorsally by the vertebral column and ventrally by the sternum, laterally by the ribs, and on the lower side by the dome-shaped diaphragm.

Question 9.
What is meant by minute respiratory volume?
Answer:

  • The amount of air that moves into the respiratory passage per minute is called minute respiratory volume.
    Normal TV = 500 ml
  • Normal respiratory rate = 12 times / minute Therefore the minute respiratory volume – 6 litre / minute

Question 10.
What are the characteristic features of the respiratory surface?
Answer:
The surface area of the respiratory surface is large and richly supplied with blood vessels.

  • It is extremely thin and kept moist.
  • It is in direct contact with the environment.
  • It is permeable to respiratory gases.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 11.
Give short notes on a ‘C’ shaped cartilage of bronchi?
Answer:
Bronchi have ‘c’ shaped cartilage plates to ensure that the air passage does not collapse or burst as the air pressure changes during breathing.

Question 12.
What should be the characteristic features of the respiratory surface?
Answer:

  • The surface area must be very large and richly supplied with blood vessels.
  • Should be extremely thin and kept moist.
  • Should be in direct contact with the environment.
  • Should be permeable to the respiratory gases.

Question 13.
What is meant by breathing?
Answer:
The movement of air between the atmosphere and the lungs is known as breathing.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 14.
Name the muscle that helps in respiration?
Answer:

  • Diaphragm
  • Intercostal muscle
  • External and internal intercostal muscle.

Question 15.
What is meant by expiratory reserve volume?
Answer:

  • The additional volume of air a person can forcefully exhale by forcefully expiration is called expiratory reserve volume.
  • The normal value is 1000-1100 ml.

Question 16.
What is the cause for the reduction in the elasticity of the lungs?
Answer:

  • Healthy lungs contain large amounts of elastic connective tissue around the alveoli containing elastin which makes the lung tissue elastic.
  • People with emphysema and bronchitis have difficulty in exhaling because the enzyme elastase destroys the elastin around the alveoli and reduces the elasticity of the lungs.

Question 17.
Give notes on Asthma.
Answer:

  • Allergy is caused by allergens, it may be due to dust, pollens some seafood.
  • Allergens provoke an inflammatory response. The allergens affect our respiratory tracts and we immediately start sneezing and coughing.

Question 18.
Why do some people snore?
Answer:
Breathing with a hoarse sound during sleep is caused by the vibration of the soft palate.
Snoring is caused by a partially closed upper airway (nose and throat) which becomes too narrow for enough air to travel through the lungs. This makes the surrounding tissues vibrate and produces the snoring sound.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 19.
Why we should not laugh loudly during eating.
Answer:

  • The oesophagus and trachea lies in the pharynx During swallowing a thin elastic flap called epiglottis prevent the food from entering in to the larynx.
  • If we talk or laugh during swallowing the closing of trachea becomes disturbed and hence the food may enter in to trachea.

Question 20.
Breathing through the nose is healthy than through the mouth? why?
Answer:

  • There are more dust and microbes in the air. If we breathe through the mouth there is a possibility of entering these microbes and dust in to the stomach through oesophagus.
  • When we breathe through the nose the dust will be filtered by the bristles. The dust particular is trapped by the mucous membrane of the nasal cavity.

Question 21.
Write the structure of the alveoli.
Answer:

  • The diffusion membrane of the alveolus is made up of three layers. The thin squamous epithelial cells.
  • The endothelium of the alveolar capillaries
  • The basement substance found in between them. The thin requamous epithelial cells of alveoli are composed of Type-I and Type-II cells.
  • The Type-I cells are very thin so that gases can diffuse rapidly through them. Type-II cells are thicker synthesize and secrete a substance called surfactant.

Question 22.
Give the passage of breathing.
Answer:
External nostrils → Nasal cavity → Pharynx → Larynx → bronchi → bronchioles → Alveolei → Lungs.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

(3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by dead space?
Answer:
Some of the inspired air never reaches the gas exchange areas but fill, the respiratory passages where exchange of gases does not occur.
This air in called dead space. This air does not involve in respiration it amounts to 150 ml.

Question 2.
Give an account of the structures of haemoglobin?
Answer:

  • Hemoglobin belongs to the class of conjugated protein.
  • The iron-containing pigment portion haem constitutes only 4% and the rest colourless protein of the histone class globin.
  • The molecular weight of Hb is 68000
  • These four Iron atoms can combine with a molecule of oxygen.

Question 3.
What is meant by methaemoglobin?
Answer:
If the iron component of the haem is in ferric state in stead of normal ferrous state it is called methaemoglobin. Methaeglobin does not bind with O2.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 4.
What Are Surfactants?
Answer:
They are the thin non-cellular films made of protein and phospholipids covering the alveolar membrane.

Question 5.
What are the significances of surfactants?
Answer:
The surfactant lowers the surface tension in the alveoli and prevents the lungs from collapsing.
It also prevents pulmonary oedema.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 6.
What is new born respiratory distress syndrome (NRDS)?
Answer:
Premature Babies have low levels of surfactant in the alveoli may develop the new bom respiratory distress syndrome (NRDS) because the synthesis of surfactants begins only afer the 25th week of gestation.

Question 7.
What is the reason for yawning?
Answer:
When there is a shortage of O2, it is sensed by our brain and sends a message to CNS to correct the imbalance for O2 demand and trigger us to yawn. Yawning helps us to breath more oxygen to the lungs.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 8.
Why are hiccups occured?
Answer:
Hiccups are due to eating too fast or having occasional spasms of the diaphragm.

Question 9.
What is the need of respiration?
Answer:
For all the activities of our body energy is needed. This we receive from the food. Oxygen is utilized by the organisms to break down the biomolecules the glucose and to derive energy. Hence Respiration is necessary.

Question 10.
Why the rate of respiration in aquatic animals is high?
Answer:
The amount of dissolved oxygen is very low in water compared to the amount of oxygen in the air. So the rate of breathing in aquatic organisms is much faster than land animals.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 11.
What is the importance of mucus in the respiratory tract?
Answer:
The goblet cells present in the mucus membrane secrete mucus, a slimy material rich in glycoprotein. Microorganisms and dust particles attach to the mucus films and are carried upwards to pass down the gullet during swallowing.

Question 12.
What is dead space?
Answer:
Some of the inspired air never reaches the gas exchange areas but fills the respiratory passages where the exchange of gases does not occur. This air is called dead space. Dead space is not involved in gaseous exchange. It amounts to approximately 150mL.

Question 13.
Why should we avoid breathing with our mouths?
Answer:
Breathing through mouth results in bladder shrinkage and creates an urge to urinate in the middle of the night.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

IV. Competitive Exam Corner

Question 1.
Sarojini’s father has congestion of the lungs. His doctor advised him to take bed rest and prescribed him an inhaler. What disease is he suffering from? List the symptoms of the disease.
Answer:
He is suffering from pneumonia.
Symptoms of pneumonia:

  1. Sputum Production,
  2. Nasal congestion,
  3. Shortness of breath,
  4. Sore throat

Question 2.
A villager who came to the city was affected by severe respiratory illness due to the inhalation of particulate pollutants. Suggest the reason for his illness and how do particulate pollutants affect him.
Answer:
He is suffering from a dust allergy. As he entered in a polluted area he started sneezing and coughing. The allergens in that place affecting his respiratory tracts and provoked inflammatory response prolonged allergy leads to Asthma.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
Kumar’s mother works in a stone grinding factory. Suddenly she faints and taken to the hospital. The doctor notices fibers in the lungs. What kind of disease is she affected with? How can it be rectified?
Answer:
Long exposure to sand particles can give rise to inflammation leading to fibrosis. She must be hospitalized and have to give medication like anti-coagulation the imatinib. that fight against the disease.

(5 marks)

V. Essay Questions

Question 1.
List the primary functions of the respiratory system?
Answer:

  • It helps in exchange of O2 and CO2 between the atmosphere and the blood.
  • It maintains homeostatic regulation of body pH.
  • It protects us from inhaled pathogens and pollutants.
  • It maintains the vocal cords for normal communication.
  • It removes the heat produced during cellular respiration through breathing.

Question 2.
Describe the structure of trachea with a diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 1

  • The trachea is semiflexible tube supported by cartilaginous rings.
  • It starts from the pharynx and ends in the lungs there it divides into right and left primary bronchi.
  • With in the lungs the bronchi divided repeatedly into secondary and tertiary bronchi.
  • That further divides into terminal bronchioles and respiratory bronchioles.
  • Bronchi have ‘c’ shaped curved cartilage plates.
  • This plate helps in preventing collapsing as the air pressure changes during breathing.
  • There is no cartilaginous stingray the brarichioles,
  • The rigidity of the bronchioles prevents them from collapsing.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
Describe the process of inspiration & expiration with a diagram?
Answer:
Inspiration occurs if the pressure inside the lungs is less than the atmospheric pressure.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 2

Inspiration:

  • There is a contraction of diaphragm muscles and external intercostal muscles which pulls the ribs and sternum upwards and downwards and increases the volume of the thoracic chamber in the dorsoventral axis.
  • Hence the pulmonary pressure is less than the atmospheric pressure.
  • This forces the fresh air from outside to enter the air passages into the lungs to equalize the pressure.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 3

Expiration:

  • Expiration takes place when the pressure within the lungs is higher than the atmospheric pressure.
  • Relaxation of the diaphragm leads to its original dome-shaped nature.
  • The internal intercostal muscles contract pulling the ribs downward reducing the thoracic volume and pulmonary volume.
  • Thin results in an increase in the intrapulmonary pressure slightly above the atmospheric pressure causing the expulsion of air from the lungs.

Question 4.
Describe the structure of lung with a diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 4

  • The lungs are light spongy tissue.
  • It is enclosed inthe thoracic cavity surrounded by an air-tight space.
  • The thoracic cavity is bound dorsally by the ventral column and ventrally by the sternum. laterally by the ribs and on the lower side by the dome-shaped diaphragm.
  • The lungs are covered by a double walled pleural membrane and the plural cavity is filled with pleural fluid which reduces friction.
  • The trachea is a semi-flexible tube supported by cartilaginous rings which extends upto the 5th thoracic vertebra.
  • It divides into right and left bronchi and enters in to the lungs. There it divides further many times and ends in alveoli.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 5.
Describe the process of transport of oxygen.
Answer:

  1. Molecular oxygen is carried in blood in two ways. bound to haemoglobin within the red blood cells and dissolved in plasma.
  2. 3% of O2 is transported in the dissolved form.
  3. 97% of O2 binds with haemoglobin to form oxyhemoglobin.
  4. Each haemoglobin carries four molecules of O2
  5. The high PO2 in the alveoli low PCO2 low temperature and less H+ concentration favours the formation of oxyhaemoglobin.
  6. The low PO2 high PCO2 high H and high temperature favours the dissociation of O2 from oxyhaemoglobin.
  7. Every 100ml of oxygenated blood can deliver about 5ml of O2 to the tissues.

Question 6.
Give the tabulated column of partial pressure of O2 and CO2 in comparison to the gases in the atmosphere.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 5

Question 7.
Describe the process of CO2 transport.
Answer:

  • 7-10% of CO2 is transported in a dissolved form in the plasma.
  • 20-25% of dissolved CO2 is bound and carried in the RBCs as carbamino haemoglobin.
    CO2 + H6  ⇌ H6 CO2
  • About 70% of CO2 is transported as bicarbonate ions.
  • At the tisoues the PCO2 is high due to catabolism and diffuses in the blood to form HCO3 and H+
  • When CO2 diffuses into RBCs it combines with water forming carbonic acid catalyzed by carbonic anhydrase.
  • Carbonic acid is dissociated into hydrogen and bicarbonate.
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 6
  • Every 100 ml of deoxygenated blood delivers 4ml CO2 to the alveoli for elimination.

Question 8.
Describe the process of regulation of respriation.
Answer:

  • Medulla oblongata is a repiratory regulation centre.
  • The pneumotaxic centre present in the pons varoli is the respiratory rhythm centre.
  • The chemosensitive area found close to the rhythm centre is highly sensitive to CO2 and H+
  • H+ are eliminated out by respiratory process.
  • Receptiors associated with the aortic arch and carotid artery send signals to the rhythm centre for remedial action.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 9.
Write an essay on respiratory disorders.
Answer:
The respiratory system is affected by environmental occupational personal and social factors.
Following are some of the respiratory disorders:

Asthma: It is characterized by narrowing and inflammation of bronchi and bronchioles and difficulty in breathing.

Causes: Allergens like dust drugs pollen grains, certain food items like fish.

Emphysema: It is chronic breathlessness. It is caused by gradual breakdown of the thin wall of the alveoli decreasing the total surface area of a gaseous exchange.

Causes: The widening of the alveoli is called Emphysema.
Cigarette smoking reduces the respiratory surface of the alveolar walls.

Bronchitis: It is the inflammation of the bronchi.

Causes: Pollution smoke ciagratte smoking.

Symptoms: Cough shortness of breath sputum in the lungs.

Pneumonia: It is the inflammation of the lungs.

Causes: Bacteria and virus

Symptoms

  • Sputum production Nasal congestion, Shortness of breath sore throat.
  • Tuberculosis

Causes

  • Tuberculosis is caused by mycobacterium tubercular.
  • Infection mainly occurs in the lungs and bones.

Symptoms
Collection of fluid between the lungs and the chest wall is the main complication of this

Question 10.
List the ill effects of smoking
Answer:

  • It increases the heart beat rate.
  • It narrows the blood vessels results in raised blood pressure and leads to coronary heart diseases.
  • Smoking can cause lung diseases by damaging the airways and alveoli and results in emphysema and chronic bronchitis.

Question 11.
Tabulate the organism. respiratary organs and the
Answer:

ORGANISMS RESPIRATORY ORGANS
1. Sponges, Coelenterates Body surface
2. Earth worm The moist skin
3. Insects Trachea
4. Aquatic Arthropods mollusca Gills
5. Fishes Gills
6. Amphibians, Reptiles Aves mammals Lungs
7. Frog Lungs, Moist skin

Question 12.
What are the steps involved in the respiratory process?
Answer:
Steps involved in respiration are

  1. The exchange of air between the atmosphere and the lungs.
  2. The exchange of O2 and CO2 between the lungs and the blood.
  3. Transport of O2 and CO2 by the blood.
  4. Exchange of gases between the blood and the cells.
  5. Intake of O2 by the cells for various activities and release of CO2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 13.
Tabulate the disorders of respiratory system.
Answer:

Disorders Symptoms
1. Pulmonary Embolism Blood clot occurs in the lung
2. Bronchitis Inflammation of the lining of your bronchial tubes
3. Asthma Swelling and narrowing of air ways and there is excess secretion of mucus.
4. Lung cancer Smoking causes cancer
5. Pneumonia Inflammation of lungs affecting alveoli
6. Pulmonary edema fluid accumulation of the tissue and air spaces of lung.
7. Emphysema Shortness of breath due to widening of alveoli
8. Atelectasis Alveoliand lungs get deflated
9. Tuberculosis It affects lungs and bones and effasion (fluid accumulation in the lungs)
10. Pleurisy Pleura becomes inflammed

Question 14.
List the problems in oxygen transport.
Answer:

  • When a person travels from sea level to elevations above 8000 ft there is a poor binding of O2 with haemoglobin.
  • There is a symptom of headache shortness of breath nausea and dizziness develop. (Acute mountain sickness)
  • To overcome this situation kidneys accelerate the production of the hormone erythropoietin which stimulates the synthesis of RBCs.

II. Inthedeepsea

  • When a person descends deep in to the sea the pressure in the water increases which causes the lungs to decrease in volume.
  • There is an increased nitrogen level in the blood lead to nitrogen narcosis.
  • When the diver ascends to the surface a condition called decompression sickness occurs. As nitrogen comes out of solution while still in the blood-forming bubbles.
  • The large bubbles can block the blood flowor can press on the nerve ending. This also causes pain in joints, muscles and causes neurological problems.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 15.
List the toxic substances present in tobacco. What are the ill-effects of smoking.
Answer:
a) Toxic substances present in tobacco.
Nicotine tar, carbon monoxide ammonia, arsenic and sulphur dioxide.

b) ill effects

  • Carbon monoxide and Nicotine damaged the cardie vascular system.
  • The tar damages the gaseous exchange system.
  • Nicotine stimulate the heart to beat faster and narrowing the blood vessels results in raised blood pressure and coronary heart diseases.
  • Carbon monoxide reduces O2 Supply.
  • Smoking causes lung, stomach, and pancreases and bladder cancer.
  • It lowers sperm count in men.

Question 16.
What is meant by chronic obstructive pulmonary disease?
Answer:

  • Smoking can cause lung diseases by damaging the airways and alveoli and results in emphysema and chronic bronchitis.
  • These two diseases along with asthma are referred to as a chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
  • When a preson smokes 85% of the smoke released is inhaled by the smoker himself and others in the vicinity called passive smokers are also affected indirectly.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 17.
List the events in inspiration and expiration.
Answer:

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 7

Question 18.
Describe the relationship between partial pressure of O2 and the nature of O2 dissolving the haemoglobin.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 8

  • In the alveoli high PO2 low PCO3 Low temperature and less H+ Concentration favours the formation of oxyhemoglobin wjiere as in the tissues low PO2 high PCO2 high H and high-temperature favoures the dissocation of O2 from oxyhemoglobin.
  • A sigmoid curve is obtained when the percentage saturation of haemoglobin with O2 is plotted against PO2.
  • This S, Shaped curve has a steep slope for PO2 valuer between 10 and 50 mm Hg and then flattens between 70 and 100 mm Hg.
  • Under normal physiological conditions, every 100 ml of oxygenated blood can deliver about 5 ml of O2 to the tissues.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 19.
List the PO2 and PCO2 during inspiration expiration and in lungs and blood vessels.
Answer:

Location Partial Pressures of Oxygen PO2 The partial pressure of CO2 PCO2
Inspiration 159 mm. Hg 0.3 mm. Hg
Expiration 120 mm. Hg 127 mm. Hg
Alveoli 104 mm. Hg 40 mm. Hg
Pulmonary artery 40 mm. Hg 45 mm.Hg
Pulmonary vein 95 mm. Hg 40 mm. Hg
Oxygenated blood 95 mm. Hg 40 mm. Hg
Deoxygenated blood 40 mm. Hg 45 mm. Hg

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

11th Bio Zoology Guide Digestion and Absorption Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
Choose the incorrect sentence from the following:
a. Bile juice emulsifies the fat
b. Chyme is a digestive acidic food in stomach
c. Pancreatic juice converts lipid into fatty acid and glycerol
d. Enterokinase stimulates the secretion of pancreatic juice
Answer:
d. Enterokinase stimulates the secretion of pancreatic juice

Question 2.
What is chyme?
a. The process of conversion of fat into small droplets.
b. The process of conversion of micelles substances of glycerol into fatty droplet.
c. The process of preparation of incompletely digested acidic food through gastric juice.
d. The process of preparation of completely digested liquid food in midgut.
Answer:
d. The process of preparation of completely digested liquid food in midgut.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 3.
Which of the following hormones stimulate the production of pancreatic juice and bicarbonate?
a. Angiotensin and epinephrine
b. Gastrin ¿md insulin
c. Cholecystokinin and secretin
d. Insulin and glucagon
Answer:
c. Cholecystokinin and secretin

Question 4.
The sphincter of Oddi guards
a. Hepatopanci’eatic duct
b. Common bile duct
c. Pancreatic duct
d. Cystic duct
Answer:
a. Hepatopanci’eatic duct

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 5.
In small intestine, active absorption occurs in case of
a. Glucose
b. Amino acids
c. Na+
d. All the above
Answer:
d. All the above

Question 6.
Which one is incorrectly matched?
a. Pepsin – stomach
b. Renin – liver
c. Trypsin – intestine
d. Ptyalin – mouth
Answer:
b. Renin – liver

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 7.
Absorption of glycerol, fatty acid and monoglycerides takes place by
a. Lymph vessels within villi
b. Walls of stomach
c. Colon
d. Capillaries within villi
Answer:
a. Lymph vessels within villi

Question 8.
First step in digestion of fat is
a. Emulsification
b. Enzyme action
c. Absorption by lacteals
d. Storage in adipose tissue
Answer:
a. Emulsification

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 9.
Enterokinase takes part in the conversion of
a. Pepsinogen into pepsin
b. Trypsinogen into trypsin
c. Protein into polypetide
d. Caseinogen into casein
Answer:
b. Trypsinogen into trypsin

Question 10.
Which of the following combinations are not matched?

Column – I Column – II
a. Bilirubin and biliverdin (i) Intestinal juice
b. Hydrolysis of starch (ii) Amylases
c. Digestion of fat (iii) Lipases d Salivary gland
d. salivary gland (iv) Parotid

Answer:
a. Bilirubin and biliverdin – (i) Intestinal juice

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 11.
Match column I with column II and choose the correct option

Column – I Column -II
P. Small intestine i. Largest factory
Q. Pancreas ii. Absorption of water
R. Liver iii. Carrying electrolytic solution
S. Colon iv. Digestion and absorption

a. (P-iv) (Q-iii) (R-i) (S-ii)
b. (P- iii) (Q-ii) (R-i) (S-iv)
c. (P-iv) (Q-iii) (R-ii) (S-i)
d. (P-ii) (Q-iv) (R-iii) (S-i)
Answer:
a. (P-iv) (Q-iii) (R-i) (S-ii)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 12.
Match column I with column II and choose the correct option

Column – I Column -II
P. Small intestine i. 23 cm
Q. Large intestine ii. 4 meter
R. Oesophagus iii. 12.5 cm
S. Pharynx iv. 1.5 meter

a. (P-iv) (Q- ii) (R- i) (S-iii)
b. (P- ii) (Q- iv) (R- i) (S-iii)
c. (P-i) (Q-iii) (R-ii) (S-iv)
d. (P-iii) (Q-i) (R-ii) (S-iv)
Answer:
b. (P- ii) (Q- iv) (R- i) (S-iii)

Question 13.
Match column I with column II and choose the correct option

Column – I Column -II
P. Lipase i) Starch
Q. Pepsin ii) Cassein
R. Renin iii) Protein
S. Ptyalin iv) Lipid

a. (P-iv) (Q-ii) (R-i) (S- iii)
b. (P- iii) (Q- iv) (R- ii) (S- i)
c. (P- iv) (Q- iii) (R-ii) (S- i)
d. (P- iii) (Q- ii) (R- iv) (S- i)
Answer:
c. (P- iv) (Q- iii) (R-ii) (S- i)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 14.
Which of the following is not the function of the liver?
a. Production of insulin
b. Detoxification
c. Storage of glucogen
d. Production of bile
Answer:
a. Production of insulin

Question 15.
Assertion (A): Large intestine also shows the presence of a villi-like small intestine.
Reason (B): Absorption of water takes place in the large intestine
a. Both A and B are true and B is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and B are true but B is not the correct explanation of A
c. A is true but B is false
d. A is false but B is true
Answer:
a. Both A and B are true and B is the correct explanation of A

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 16.
Which of the following is not true regarding intestinal villi?
a. They possess microvilli
b. They increase the surface area
c. They are supplied with capillaries and the lacteal vessels
d. They only participate in the digestion of fats
Answer:
d. They only participate in the digestion of fats

Question 17.
Which of the following combinations are not matched?
a. Vitamin D – Rickets
b. Thiamine – Beriberi
c. Vitamin K – Sterlity
d. Miacin – Pellagea.
Answer:
c. Vitamin K – Sterility

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 18.
Why are villi present in the intestine and not in the stomach?
Answer:
In the small intestine, digestion gets completed and the absorption of digested food materials like glucose, amino acids, fatty acids, and glycerol takes place. The food materials are to be retained in the intestine by increasing the surface area. Hence villi are present in the intestine. The stomach is the temporary storing organ of food. In the stomach, HCl, pepsin, renin, and lipase are secreted. These are concerned with digestion. Hence villi are not present in the stomach.

Question 19.
Bile juice contains no digestive enzymes. yet it is important for digestion. Why?
Answer:

  • The pile contains bile pigments (Bilirubin and biliverdin)
  • The pile pigments are broken down products of heamoglobin of dead RBC’s
  • Bile salts, cholesterol, and phospho lipids.
  • Bile has no enzyme.
  • Bile helps in the emulsification of fats.
  • Bile salts reduce the surface tension of fat droplets and break them into small globules.
  • Bile also activates lipase to digest lipids.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 20.
List the chemical changes that starch molecule undergoes from the time it reaches the small intestine.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 1

Question 21.
How do proteins differ from fats in their energy value and their role in the body?
Answer:

Protein Lipid
1. The caloric value 5.65 Kcal/ gram The caloric value 9.45 Kcal/gram
Q- Physiological fuel value 4 Kcal/gram Physiological fuel value 9 Kcal/ gram

Question 22.
Digestive secretions are secreted only when needed discuss.
Answer:

  • The saliva is secreted by the salivary gland in the mouth Saliva
  • The saliva contains water.
  • Electrolytes – Na+, K+ , Cl, HCo3
  • Salivary amylase (ptyalin)
  • Mucus (a glycoprotein)
  • Polysaccharides, starch is hydrolyzed by the salivary amylase enzyme into disaccharides (maltose)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 2

Stomach

  • The gastric j uice contains HCI and proenzymes
  • Proenzyme pepsinogen on exposure to HCI gets converted into active enzyme pepsin.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 3

  • The HCI provides an acidic medium (pH=1.8) which is optimum for pepsin, kills bacteria and other harmful organisms and avoids putrification.
  • Proteolytic enzyme found in gastric juice of Infants is rennin helps in the digestion of milk protein caseinogen to casein in the presence of calcium.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 4

Small Intestine

Pancreatic juice:
Enzymes: Trypsinogen, Chymotrypsinogen, Carboxypeptidases, Pancreatic, Amalyse, Pancreatic Lipase, and Nucleases.

Trypsinogen is activated by an enzyme enterokinase, secreted by the intestinal mucosa into active trypsin, which in turn activates the enzyme chymotrypsinogen in the pancreatic juice.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 5

Bile Juice:
The bile contains bile pigment (Bilirubin, and biliverdin) as the breakdown product of heamoglobin of dead RBCs, Bile salts, Cholesterol, and phospholipids. But has no enzymes. Bile helps in the emulsification of fats. Bile salts reduce the surface tension of fat droplets and break them into small globules, bile also activates lipases to digest lipids.

Pancreatic juice action:
Trypsin hydrolyses protein into polypeptides and peptones. While chymotrypsin hydrolyses peptide bonds associated with specific amino acids.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 6

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 7

Succus enterius:
The secretions of the Brunner’s gland along with the secretions of the intestinal glands constitute the intestinal juice or succus entericus.
Enzymes: Maltase, lactase, sucrase (invertase), dipeptidases, lipases, nucleosidases.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 8

Bicarbonate ions from the Pancreas provide an alkaline medium (pH=7.8) for the enzymatic action.
All macromolecules → Micromolecules
Carbohydrate → Monosaccharides
Protein → Aminoacid
Lipids → Fatty acids and Glycerol

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 23.
Label the given diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 9
A – Right hepatic duct of the liver
B – Common bile duct
C – Pancreatic duct (duct of wirsung)
D – Hepatopancreatic duct
E – Cystic duct

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Digestion and Absorption Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Option.

Question 1.
……………………… litres of digestive juice is poured into the alimentary canal and are reabsorbed each day.
a) 6 – 7 lit
b) 0 – 7 lit
c) 5-7 lit
d) 3 – 7 lit
Answer:
b) 0 – 7 lit

Question 2.
The Hard chewing surface of the teeth is made of ………………………… and helps in mastication of food.
a) Enamel
b) Crown
c) Denton
d) Plague
Answer:
a) Enamel

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 3.
Which is the correct statement?
a) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ attached at the anterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.
b) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ not attached at the posterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.
c) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ attached at the posterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.
d) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ attached at the anterior, posterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.
Answer:
c) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ attached at the posterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.

Question 4.
Which is the correct sequence?
a) Gullet → Glottis → Epiglottis
b) Epiglottis → Glottis → Gullet
c) Glottis → Gullet → Epiglottis
d) Gullet → Epiglottis → Glottis
Answer:
a) Gullet → Glottis → Epiglottis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 5.
Which is a false statement?
a) Stomach divided into three region
b) Cardiac, fundic, pyloric regions
c) Pyloric region found between duodenum and jejunum
d) Cardiac region has a sphincter
Answer:
c) Pyloric region found between duodenum and jejunum

Question 6.
Find out the incorrect pair.
a) Starch – Amylase
b) Protein – Pepsin
c) Casein – Trypsin
d) Lipid – Lipase
Answer:
c) Casein – Trypsin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 7.
Find out the correct pair
a) Duodenum – 25 m
b) Jejunum – 2.4 m
c) Ileum – 3.7 m
d) Oesophagus – 10 m
Answer:
b) Jejunum – 2.4 m

Question 8.
Which is a wrong statement
a) Brunner’s gland doesn’t secrete mucus and enzymes
b) Brunner’s gland secretes mucus and enzymes
c) It is found in duodenum
d) It is theopenningofcaecum
Answer:
a) Brunner’s gland doesn’t secrete mucus and enzymes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 9.
Where is crypts of Leiberkuhn seen?
a) Small Intestine
b) Oesophages
c) Stomach
d) Rectum
Answer:
a) Small Intestine

Question 10.
The anal column may get enlarged and causes
a) Haemoralds
b) Haemorhoids
c) Elaemorods
d) Elaemorals
Answer:
b) Haemorhoids

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 11.
Find the correct statement
a) Serosa – The outer layer formed of connective tissue
b) Serosa – Connective tissue, epithelial tissue
c) Serosa – Connective tissue, striated cells
d) Serosa – Connective tissue, thin squanmous epithelium
Answer:
d) Serosa – Connective tissue, thin squanmous epithelium

Question 12.
Match the following
1. Parotid gland – i) Pepsin
2. Sub maxillary gland – ii) Stenson’s duct
3. Sublingual gland – iii) Wharton’s duct
4. Stomach – iv) Duct of Rivinis
a) (1-ii) (2-iii) (3-iv) (4-i)
b) (1-i) (2-ii) (3-iii) (4-iv)
c) (1-ii) (2-iii) (3-i) (4-iv)
d) (1-iii) (2-ii) (3-iv) (4-i)
Answer:
a) (1-ii) (2-iii) (3-iv) (4-i)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 13.
Where is castle intrinsic factor secreted?
a) Intestine
b) Digestive passage
c) Stomach
d) Large intestine
Answer:
c) Stomach

Question 14.
The hepatic lobules are covered by …………………….. a thin connective tissue sheath.
a) Glisson’s capsule
b) Cardiac membrane
c) Renal membrane
d) Cystic membrane
Answer:
a) Glisson’s capsule

Question 15.
Find the correct statement. The differentiation of Liver
a) 4-5 week
b) 3-4 week
c) 4-7 week
d) 12-3 week
Answer:
b) 3-4 week

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 16.
Find the wrong statement
a) Saliva – Ptyalin
b) Digestive tract – Mucous membrane
c) Stomach – Pepsin
d) Small intestine – Glucokinase
Answer:
d) Small intestine – Glucokinase

Question 17.
What is pH of food at the time of absorption?
a) 7.3
b) 7.5
c) 7.8
d) 7.7
Answer:
c) 7.8

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 18.
True or false
a) Carbohydrate – Glucose
b) Protein – Aminoacid
c) Fat – Fatty acid
d) Bile – Pepsin
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 32
Answer:-
a) True
b) True
c) False
d) False

Question 19.
Find x-part the diagram
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 10
a) Common bile duct
b) Pancreatic duct
c) Jejunum
d) Gall bladder
Answer:
b) Pancreatic duct

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 20.
Find the correct pair.
a) Carbohydrate -50% -400-500 gm
b) Fat-15%65-75 gm
c) Carbohydrate -51 % 400 -450 gm
d) Fat-15% -70-75 gm
Answer:
a) Carbohydrate -50% -400-500 gm

Question 21.
Name the vitamin synthesized by bacteria of the large intestine
a) D
b) K
c) C
d) E
Answer:
b) K

Question 22.
Find the correct statement.
a) Unused protein – stored in the liver
b) Unused protein – stored in the muscle
c) Unused protein – excretes as nitrogen
d) Unused protein – excretes through faeces
Answer:
c) Unused protein – excretes as nitrogen

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 23.
What is the nature of food in the stomach?
a) Chyme
b) Fermented
c) Solid
d) Semisolid
answer:
a) Chyme

Question 24.
Which is the longest part of the digestive system?
a) Large intestine
b) Small intestine
c) Oesophages
d) Stomach
Answer:
b) Small intestine

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 25.
Where is pyloric muscle present?
a) Junction between oesophagus and stomach
b) Junction between the large intestine and small intestine
c) Junction between small intestine and stomach
d) Junction between large intestine and rectum
Answer:
c) Junction between small intestine and stomach

Question 26.
How much protein is needed for a day?
a) 1 gm per kg
b) 2 gm per kg
c) 1.5gmperkg
d) 2.5gmperkg
Answer:
a) 1 gm per kg

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
What are the uses of food?
Answer:
The food we eat provides energy and organic substances for growth and the replacement of worn-out and damaged tissues. It regulates and coordinates the various activities that take place in the body.

Question 2.
What are the special features that help in absorbing digested food?
Answer:

  • There is an increase in the small intestine surface area.
  • The villi are present in the inner walls of the intestine.
  • The villi is the absorbtive unit
  • The microvilli present in the villi increase the absorptive surface.

Question 3.
Why do we need a digestive system?
Answer:
The food that we eat is macromolecules, and inabsorbable. These are to be broken down into smaller macro-molecules in absorbable forms. This is done by the digestive system.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 4.
How is fat and other nutrients of bile helped in digestion?
Answer:
It helps in emulsifying fat. The bile salt decreases the surface tension of fat molecules and converting it to chilo micron.

Question 5.
What is the function of the digestive system?
Answer:
The function of the digestive system is to bring the nutrients, water, and electrolytes from the external environment into every cell in the body through the circulatory system.

Question 6.
What happens when there is no secretion of HCI in the stomach?
Answer:

  • The HCI in the stomach coverts the inactivated pepsinogen into active pepsin.
  • The activated pepsin acts on protein and converts them into proteases and peptones
  • HCI provides an acidic medium which is optimum for pepsin action.

Question 7.
List out the processes starting from the ingestion of protein and storning in the muscle cells and converting them in to the parts of cytoplasm?
Answer:
Stomach:
The gastric juice contains pepsin. This is the first enzyme that works on protein.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 11

  • Rennin is present in the gastric juice of infants
  • It helps in the digestion of caesinogen and converts into casein.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 12

Pancreas:

  • Trypsin hydrolyses proteins in to polypeptides and peptones.
  • Chymotrypsin hydrolyses peptide bonds associated with specific amino acids.

Succus Entricus
The peptidases present in the intestinal juice convert the di and polypeptides to amino acids.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 13
The end product of digestion the amino acids that are absorbed by the villi and reach the blood.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 8.
What is diphyodont dentition?
Answer:
Human beings and many mammals form two sets of teeth during their lifetime, a set of 20 temporary milk teeth which gets replaced by a set of 32 permanent teeth. This type of dentition is called diphyodont dentition.

Question 9.
Why the food prepared in the house is better than the food which is prepared by causing preservative and artificial enhancers?
Answer:
The food prepared by using artificial enhancers and preservatives creates so many diseases.
Diseases

  • Heart problems
  • Hypertension
  • Sterility
  • Stomach disorders
  • Attainment of early puberty in girl children.

Question 10.
What is known as the dental formula of human beings?
Answer:
The arrangement of teeth in each half of the upper and lower jaw in the order of I, C, P, and M can be represented by the dental formula. The dental formula of man is 2123 / 2123.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 11.
What are the steps to be taken to care for our alimentary tract?
Answer:

  • We have to take healthy foods.
  • We have to take plenty of water.
  • We have to regulate our stress.
  • We have to take probiotics daily.
  • We have to do exercise daily.

Question 12.
What are the functions of soluble and insoluble fibres?
Answer:
The food contain two types of fibres.
Soluble fibre: It soaks up toxins and waste in the digestive system.
Insoluble fibre: Roughage. It moves bulk through the intestine to help with regular bowel movements.
This upper surface of the tongue has small projections called Papillae.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 13.
What is the function of the tongue?
Answer:
The tongue helps in the intake of food, chew and mix food with saliva, swallow food, and also speak. The upper surface of the tongue has small projections called papillae with taste buds.

Question 14.
What are Oesophages?
Answer:
Oesophages connect the buccal cavity and stomach.

Question 15.
What is gastro oesophagus reflux disorder?
Answer:
If the cardiac sphincter does not contract properly during the churning action of the stomach the gastric juice with acid may flow back into the oesophagus and cause heart bum, resulting in GERD (Gastro Oesophagus Reflex Disorder).

Question 16.
How larger food molecules are converted into small molecules?
Answer:

Large Molecules Small Molecules
1. Carbohydrate Monosaccharides – Glucose fructose Galactose
2. Protein Amino acids
3. Fat Amino acids

Question 17.
What are gastric rugae?
Answer:
The inner wall of the stomach has many folds called gastric rugae which unfold to accommodate a large meal.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 18.
What is meant by colities?
Answer:

  • The bacterial infection may cause inflammation of the innerlining of colon called colitis.
  • The most common symptoms of colitis are rectal bleeding abdominal cramps and diarrhoea.

Question 19.
What is indigestion?
Answer:

  • It is a digestive disorder in which the food is not properly digested leading to a feeling of fullness of stomach.
  • It may be due to in adequate enzyme secretion anxiety food poisoning overeating and spicy food.

Question 20.
Give notes on vomiting?
Answer:
It is reverse peristalsis. Harmful substances are ejected through the mouth. This action is controlled by the vomit centre located in the medulla oblongate a feeling of nausea precedes vomiting.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 21.
What is meant by digestion? What is the different processes of digestion?
Answer:
The break down of the macromolecules of food in to the micro molecules of food is known as digestion.
Stages

  1. Ingestion
  2. Digestion
  3. Absorption
  4. Assimilation
  5. Elimination of undigested substances digestion

Question 22.
What is Frenulum?
answer:
The tongue is attached at the posterior end to the floor of the buccal cavity by the structure frenulum and the tongue is free in the front.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 23.
What is meant by GERD – GASTERO oesophagus reflex disorder?
Answer:

  • There are two sphincter muscles namely cardiac sphincter and pyloric sphincter present in the stomach.
  • If the sphineter does not contract properly during the churning action of the stomach of the gastric juice with acid may flow back in to the oesophagus and cause heart bum resulting in GERD.

Question 24.
How is piles or haemorrhoides formed?
Answer:

  • The anal mucosa is folded into several vertical folds contains arteries and veins called anal columns.
  • if these anal columns get enlarged and causes piles or haemorrhoides.

Question 25.
Name the enzyme which converts the inactivated enzymes into the active enzyme.
Answer:
1. Enterokinase:
It converts the inactivated Trypsinogen in to Trypsin.

2. Trypsin:
The inactive chymotrypsinogen is converted into chymotrypsin
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 25

Question 26.
What are the food components needed for a person for healthy living?
Answer:

  • Carbohydrates
  • Proteins
  • Lipids
  • Vitamin
  • Minerals
  • Fibre
  • Water

Question 27.
Define Thecodont?
Answer:
Each tooth is embedded in a socket in the jaw bone; this type of attachment is called thecodont.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 28.
What is meant by assimilation?
answer:
All the body tissues utilize the absorbed substances for their activities and incorporate in to their protoplasm this process is called assimilation.

Question 29.
Define Plaque.
Answer:
Minerals salts like Calcium and Magnesium are deposited on the teeth and form a hard layer of tartar or calculus called plaque.

Question 30.
What is Papillae?
Answer:
This upper surface of the tongue has small projections called Papillae.

Question 31.
What are the parts of Stomach?
Answer:

  • A cardiac portion
  • A fundic portion
  • A pyloric portion

Question 32.
What is the portion of small intestine?
Answer:
Duod enum – 25Cm
Jejunum-2.4m
Ileum-3.5m

Question 33.
What is Gastric rugae?
Answer:
The inner wall of the stomach has much folds called gastric rugae which unfolds to accommodate a large meal.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 34.
What are the parts of large Intestine?
Answer:

  • Caecum
  • Colon
  • Rectum

Question 35.
What are the regions of colon.
Answer:
The colon is divided into four region.

  1. An ascending region
  2. A Transverse region
  3. A Descending region
  4. A Sigmoid region

Question 36.
What are the layers found in the alimentary canal?
Answer:

  • Serosa
  • Muscularis
  • Sub – mucosa
  • Mucosa

Question 37.
What are the elements found in Saliva?
Answer:

  • Water
  • Electrolytes (Na+, K+, Cl, HCO3)
  • Salivary Amylase (Ptyalin)
  • Anti bacterial agent Lysozyme
  • Lubricating agent mucus (glycoprotein).

Question 38.
What are the components present in bile?
Answer:

  • Bilirubin
  • Biliverdin
  • Bile Salts
  • Cholesterol
  • Phospholipids

Question 39.
Name the gastric juices found in the stomach.
Answer:

  • Hydrochloric acid (PH 1.8)
  • Proenzyme – Pepsinogen
  • Pepsin Rennin

Question 40.
What is the function of Pyloric Sphincter?
Answer:

  • The opening of the stomach into the duodenum is guarded by the Pyloric Sphincter.
  • It periodically allows partially digested food to enter the duodenum and also prevents regurgitation of food.

Question 41.
What is the Calorific value of carbohydrates?
Answer:

  • The caloric value of Carbohydrates is 4.1 calories /gram.
  • The physiological fuel value is 4 Kcal / gram.

Question 42.
A person is suffering from a digestion problem. What may be the reason?
Answer:
This person may be suffering from constipation.
Constipation:
The faeces are retained within the rectum, because of irregular bowel movement due to poor intake of fibre in the diet and lack of physical activities.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 43.
What is oral hydration therapy?
Answer:
If there is more loss of water due to diarrhea dehydration may occur. Treatment is known as oral hydration therapy.
This involves drinking plenty of fluids sipping small amounts of water at a time interval to rehydrate the body.

Question 44.
Define Obesity.
Answer:
It is caused due to the storage of excess of body fat in adipose tissue.
It may induce hypertension, atherosclerotic heart disease and diabetes.

Question 45.
What is BMI Calculation?
Answer:
BMI is calculated as body weight in Kg, divided by the square of height in meter.
\(\mathrm{BMI}=\frac{\text { Body Weight in } \mathrm{Kg}}{\text { (Body Height) }^{2} \text { in meter }}\)
For example :
A person Weight = 50 Kg
Height = 1.6m
\(=50 / 1.6^{2}\)
BMI = 19.5

(3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
Define Gingivitis?
Answer:
The plaque formed on teeth is not removed regularly, it would spread down the tooth into the narrow gap between the gums and enamel and cause inflammation, called gingivitis.
Symptoms;
It leads to redness and bleeding of gums and leads to bad smell.

Question 2.
What is Heterodont?
Answer:
The permanent teeth are of four different types (heterodont).
Incisors – Chisel like cutting teeth
Caniues – Dogger shaped tearing teeth
Premolar -Grinding Molar – Grinding and Crushing
\(\frac{2123}{2123} \times 2=\frac{16}{16}\)
Upper Jaw – 16 teeth
Lower Jaw – 16 teeth

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 3.
What are the signifance of Liver?
Answer:
1. Destroy aging and defective bloodcells.
2. Stored glucose in the form of glycogen or disperses glucose into the blood stream with the help of pancreatic hormones.
3. Stores fat soluble vitamins and iron.
4. Detoxifies toxic substances.
5. Involves in the synthesis of non – essential aminoacids and urea.

Question 4.
Explain about the protein deficiency disease.
Answer:
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM):

  • Marasmus
  • Kwarshiorkor Marasmus:
  • Children are suffering from diarrhoea Body becomes lean and weak
  • Reduced fat and muscle tissue with thin and folded skin.

Kwashiorkor:

  • Dry skin
  • Potbelly
  • Edema in the legs and face
  • Stunted growth
  • Changes in hair colour
  • Weakness and irritability

Question 5.
Name the digestive secretions.
Answer:

  • Salivary glands
  • Bile juice
  • Pancreatic juice Gastric juice Small Intestinal juice.

Question 6.
What are the types of Salivary glands and their ducts?
Answer:

Gland Location Ducts
1.Parotids Cheeks Stenson’s duct
2. Submandibular Lower Jaw Wharton’s duct
3. Sublingual Beneath the tonguç Bartholin’s duet (or) ducts of Rivinis
The daily secretion of Saliva from Saliva glands ranges from 1000 to 1500ml.

Question 7.
What are the cells of gastric gland and their Secretions?
Answer:

Gastric cells of glands Secretion
1. Chief cells (or) Peptic cells (or) Zymogen cells Gastric enzymes
2. Goblet cells Mucus
3. Parietal (or) Oxyntic cells HCI an intrinsic factor responsible for the absorption of vitamin B12 is called castle’s intrinsic factor.

Question 8.
Draw and label the layers of the alimentary canal.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 14
A – Microvilli
B – Circular muscle
C – Mucous
D – Muscular layer

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 9.
Explain the protein deficiency diseases.
Answer:
Growing children require more amount of protein for their growth and development. Protein deficient diet during the early stage of children may lead to protein-energy malnutrition such as Marasmus and Kwashiorkor. Symptoms are dry skin, pot-belly, oedema in the legs and face, stunted growth, changes in hair colour, weakness, and irritability.

Marasmus is an acute form of protein malnutrition. This condition is due to a diet with inadequate carbohydrates and protein. Such children are suffering from diarrhea, the body becomes lean and weak (emaciated) with reduced-fat and muscle tissue with thin and folded skin.

Question 10.
What are the ill effects of adulteration of food?
Answer:

  • Food adulteration causes harmful effects in the form of head ache palpitations allergies, cancers.
  • It reduces the food quality common adulteration are addict onto citric acid to lemon juice.
  • Papaya seeds to pepper melamine to milk.

Question 11.
A person has diet control in particular time, he takes large amount of rice, curd, buttermilk and onion why? and write about it?
Answer:
Yes the person is suffering from Jaundice.
Jaundice:

  • It is the condition in which liver is affected and the defective liver fails to break down haemoglobulin and to remove bile pigments from the blood.
  • Deposition of these pigments changes the colour of eyes and skin yellow.
  • Jaundice is caused due to hepatitis Viral Infection

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 12.
What is the effects of crystallized cholesterol?
Answer:
The effects of crystallized cholesterol is Gall Stones.

Gall Stones:

  • Any alteration in the composition of the bile can cause the formation of stones in the gall bladder.
  • The stones are mostly formed of crystallized cholesterol in the bile.
  • The gall stone causes obstruction in the cystic duct, hepatic duct and also hepatopancreatic duct, causing pain, Jaundice and pancreatitis.

Question 13.
What is indigestion?
Answer:
It is a digestive disorder in which the food is not properly digested leading to a feeling of fullness of stomach. It may be due to inadequate enzyme secretion, anxiety, food poisoning, overeating and spicy food.

Question 14.
Writes notes on Peptic Ulcer.
Answer:

  • It refers to an eroded area of the tissue lining (Mucosa) in the stomach or duodenum.
  • A duodenal ulcer occurs in people in the age group of 25-45 years.
  • Gastric ulcer is more common in person above the age of 5üyears.
  • Ulcer mostly due to infections caused by the bacterium Helicobacter pylon.
  • It may be due to uncontrolled usage of aspirin or certain anti-inflammatory drugs.
  • It is caused due to smoking, alcohol, caffeine, and psychological stress.

Question 15.
What is a hiatus hernia or diaphragmatic hernia?
Answer:
It is a structural abnormality in which the superior part of the stomach protrudes slightly above the diaphragm. The exact cause of hiatus hernias is not known. In some people, injury or other damage may weaken muscle tissue, by applying too much pressure (repeatedly) on the muscles around the stomach while coughing, vomiting, and straining during bowel movement and lifting heavy objects.

Question 16.
Give notes on the stomach.
Answer:

  • Stomach functions as the temporary storage organ for food.
  • It consists of three parts cardiac fundic and pyloric stomach.
  • The oesophagus opens into a cardiac stomach and guarded by cardiac sphincter.
  • The pyloric stomach opens into duodenum and is guarded by the pyloric sphincter.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 15

  • It allows partially digested food to enter the duodenum and prevents regurgitation of food.
  • The inner walls of stomach has many folds which unfolds to accommodate a large meal.

Question 17.
Give short notes on intestinal villi?
Answer:

  • The ileal mucosa has numerous vascular projections called villi which are involved in the process of absorption.
  • The cells lining the villi produce numerous microscopic projections called microvilli giving a brush border appearance and increase the surface area enormously.
  • Along with villi the clear mucosa contain mucous secreting goblet cell and peyer patches which produce lymphocytes.
  • The wall of the small intestine bears crypts between the base of villi called crypts of leiberkuhn.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 16

Question 18.
Write a paragraph on peptic ulcers.
Answer:
It refers to an eroded area of the tissue lining (mucosa) in the stomach or duodenum. A duodenal ulcer occurs in people in the age group of 25 – 45 years. Gastric ulcer is more common in persons above the age of 50 years. An ulcer is mostly due to infections caused by the bacterium Helicobacter pylori. It may also be caused due to uncontrolled usage of aspirin or certain anti-inflammatory drugs. An ulcer may also be caused due to smoking, alcohol, caffeine, and psychological stress.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 19.
Give an account of the Pancreas.
Answer:

  • The Pancreatic is the second-largest gland in the digestive system which is a yellow coloured compound organ.
  • It consists of exocrine and endocrine cells.
  • It is situated between the limbs of the ‘U’ shaped duodenum.
  • The exocrine portion secretes trypsin, pancreatic lipase, amylase.
  • The islets of Langerhans cells of the pancreas secrete insulin and glucogen hormone.

Question 20.
Name the alimentary canal parts and the absorptive substance.
Answer:

Organ Substances tube absorbed
1. Mouth Water Simple Sugar
2. Stomach Alcohol, Medicine, Simple Sugar
3. Intestine Simple Sugar, Amino acids, Fatty Acids, Glycerol
4. Colon More Water, Minerals, Vitamins, Medicines

(5 marks)

IV. Essay Questions

Question 1.
Describe the structure of the large intestine with a diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 17

1. The Caecum:

  • It is a small blind pouch-like structure that opens into the colon and it possesses a narrow finger-like tubular projection called vermi form appendix.
  • Caecumand vermiform appendix is large in herbivorous animals and act as an important site for cellulose digestion with the help of symbiotic bacteria.

2. The Colon:
The colon is divided in to four regions an ascending transverse a descending part and a sigmoid Colon. The Colon is lined by dilations called haustra.

3. Sigmoid Colon:

  • ‘S’ shaped sigmoid colon opensinto the rectum.
  • The anus is guarded by two anal sphincter muscles. The anal mucosa is folded in to several vertical folds and contains arteries and veins called anal column.
  • Anal colomn may get enlarged and causes piles.

Question 2.
Describe the structure of liver with a diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 18

  • The liver is the largest gland in our body.
  • It is situated below the diaphragm.
  • The liver consists of two major left and right lobes and two minor lobes.
  • Each lobe has many hepatic lobules called a functional unit of liver and is covered by a thin connective sheath called Glissons capsule.
  • Liver cells secrete and is stored in gall bladder. The duct of gall bladder and the hepatic duct form the common bile duct.
  • The bile duct and the pancreatic duct joined to gether formed a common duct and opens into duodenum and is guarded by a sphincter of oddi.
  • Liver has high power of regeneration and liver cells are replaced by new ones every 3-4 weeks.

Question 3.
Describe the process of digestion in the mouth.
Answer:

  • The smell the sight and taste as well as the mechanical stimulation of food in the mouth trigger a reflex action that results in the secretion of saliva.
  • The mechanical digestion starts in the mouth by grinding and chewing of good.
  • The saliva contains water electrolytes like Na, K, C1, HCO3 salivary amylase or ptyalin antibacterial agent lysozyme and a lubrication agent mucus.
  • The saliva moistening lubricating and adhering the masticated food into a bolus.
  • The ptyalin in the saliva hydrolyzes 30% of the poly saccharide into disaccharides.
  • The bolus is passed into the pharynx and then into the oesophagus by swallowing or deglutition.
  • The bolus reaches the stomach by successive waves of muscular contraction called peristalsis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 4.
Describe the process of digestion in the stomach
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 19

  • The secretion of gastric juice begins when the food is in the mouth.
  • The gastric juice contains HCI pepsinogen renin etc.
  • The HCI changes the pepsinogen into pepsin.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 26

  • Pepsin acts on protein and converts into proteoses and peptones.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 27

 

  • The HCI provides an acidic medium which is optimum for pepsin kills bacteria and other harmful organisms and avoids putrefaction.
  • The mucous and bicarbonates protect the stomach from acidic HCl.
  • The rennin converts the milk protein caesinogen to casein in the presence of calcium ions.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 28

Question 5.
Describe the process of digestion in the small intestine.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 20
The bile pancreatic juice and intestinal juice the secretions released into the small intestine.

Bile:

  • The bile contains bile pigments bilirubin and biliverdin as the break down products of haemoglobin of  dead RBCs bile salts.
  • Bile helps in emulsification of fats Bile salts reduce the surface tension of the fat droplets and break them into small globules.
  • Bile also activates lipases to digest lipids.

Pancreas:

  • The pancreatic juice contains enzymes such as trypsinogen, Chymotrypsinogen.
  • Trypsinogen is activated by an enzyme enterokinase into active trypsin.
  • Trypsin activate the chymotrypsinogen into chymotrypsin.
  • Trypsin hydrolyses protein into polypeptides and peptones.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 21
Chymotrypsin hydrolyses peptide bonds associated with specific aminoacids.
The amylase converts glycogen and starch into maltose.
Lipase acts on tri glycerides and hydrolyes them into free fatty acid and mono glycerides.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 22

Succtts entricus:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 23

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 6.
What is meant by absorption? How is digested food absorbed in the digestive system?
Answer:
Absorption is a process by which the end product of digestion passes through the intestinal mucosa in to the blood and lymph.
Process of absorption:

1. Simple Diffusion:
Small amounts of glucose amino acids and chloride ions are absorbed by simple diffusion.

2. Facilitated Transport:
Fructose arc absorbed with the help of the carrier ions like Na.

3. Active Transport:
Aminoacids, Glucose and Sodium are absorbed by active transport.

4. Passive Transport:
Fatty acid are absorbed by the Lacteals of Villi.

Question 7.
What is the caloric value of carbohydrates, proteins and fats?
Answer:
We obtain 50% of energy from carbohydrates 35 % from fats and 15 % from proteins.
We require about 400 – 500 gm of carbohydrates. 60 – 70 gm of fat 65 to 75 gm of proteins per day.

Carbohydrate:
The caloric valve of Carbohydrate is 4.1 calories gram and its physiological fuel value is 4 Kcal per gram.

Lipid:
Fat hasa caloric valve of 9.45 KCal and a physiological fuel value of 9 KCal per gram.

Protein:
The caloric and physiological fuel value of one gram of protein are 5.65 Kcal and 4 KCal respectively.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 8.
What is meant by Hiatus hernia or Oesophagus Hernia
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 24

  • It is a structural abnormality in which superior part of the stomach protrudes slightly above the diaphragm.
  • Applying toomuch pressure on the muscles around the stomach while coughing, vomiting and straining during bowel movement and lifting heavy object it may weaken the muscle tissues of stomach.
  • In some people injury or the damage may weaken muscle tissue.
  • Heart burn is common in this disease.
  • The stomach contents travel back into the oesophagus or even into oral cavity and causes pain in the centre of the chest due to the eroding nature of acidity.

Question 9.
Obesity – Explain.
Answer:

  • It is caused due to the storage of excess of body fat in adipose tissue.
  • Obesity may be genetic or due to excess intake of food endocrine and metabolic disorders.
  • Degree of obesity is assessed by body mass index (BMI).
  • A Normal BMI range for adult is 19 – 25 above 25 is obese.
  • BMI is calculated as body weight in Kg divided by the square of body height in metres.
  • For example a 50 Kg person with a height of 160 Cms would have a BMI of 19.5.
  • That is BMI \(=50 / 1.6^{2}\) = 19.5

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 29

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 30

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 31

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

11th Bio Zoology Guide Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
The clitellum is a distinct part in the body of earthworm Lampito mauritii, it is found in?
a. Segments 13-14
b. Segments 14-17
c. Segments 12 -13
d. Segments 14-16
Answer:
b. Segments 14-17

Question 2.
Sexually, earthworms are
a. Sexes are separate
b. Hermaphroditic but not self – fertilizing
c. Hermaphroditic and self – fertilizing
d. Parthenogenic
Answer:
b. Hermaphroditic but not self – fertilizing

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 3.
To sustain themselves, earthworms must guide their way through the soil using their powerful muscles. They gather nutrients by ingesting organic matter and soil, absorbing what they need into their bodies. Say whether the statement is True or False: The two ends of the earthworm can equally ingest soil.
Answer:
a. True
b. False

Question 4.
The head region of Cockroach ……………….. pairs of …………….. and …………….. shaped eyes occur.
a. One pair, sessile compound and kidney shaped
b. Two pairs, stalked compound and round shaped
c. Many pairs, sessile simple and kidney shaped
d. Many pairs, stalked compound and kidney shaped
Answer:
a. One pair, sessile compound and kidney shaped

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 5.
The location and numbers of malpighian tubules in Periplaneta.
a. At the junction of midgut and hindgut, about 150.
b. At the junction of foregut and midgut, about 150.
c. Surrounding gizzard, eight.
d. At the junction of colon and rectum, eight.
Answer:
a. At the junction of midgut and hindgut, about 150.

Question 6.
The type of vision in Cockroach is
a. Three dimensional
b. Two dimensional
c. Mosaic
d. Cockroachdonot have vision
Answer:
c. Mosaic

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 7.
How many abdominal segments are present in male and female Cockroaches?
a. 10,10
b. 9,10
c. 8,10
d. 9,9
Answer:
d. 9,9

Question 8.
Which of the following have an open circulatory system?
a. Frog
b. Earthworm
c. Pigeon
d. Cockroach
Answer:
d. Cockroach

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 9.
Buccopharyngeal respiration in frog
a. is increased when nostrils are closed
b. Stops when there is pulmonary respiration
c. is increased when it is catching fly
d. stops when mouth is opened.
Answer:
b. Stops when there is pulmonary respiration

Question 10.
Kidney of frog is
a. Archinephros
b. Pronephros
c. Mesonephros
d. Metanephros
Answer:
c. Mesonephros

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 11.
Presence of gills in the tadpole of frog indicates that
a. fishes were amphibious in the past
b. fishes involved from frog -like ancestors
c. frogs will have gills in future
d. frogs evolved from gilled ancestor
Answer:
d. frogs evolved from a gilled ancestor

Question 12.
Choose the wrong statement among the following:
a. In earthworm, a pair of male genital pore is present.
b. Setae help in the locomotion of earthworms.
c. Muscular layer in the body wall of an earthworm is made up of circular muscles and longitudinal muscles
d. Typhlosole is part of the intestine of earthworms.
Answer:
d. Typhlosole is part of the intestine of earthworm.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 13.
Which of the following are the sense organs of Cockroach?
a. Antennae, compound eyes, maxillary palps, anal cerci
b. Antennae, compound eye, maxillary palps and tegmina
c. Antennae, ommatidia, maxillary palps, sternum and anal style.
d. Antennae, eyes, maxillary palps, and tarsus of walking legs and coxa
Answer:
a. Antennae, compound eyes, maxillary palps, anal cerci

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 14.
What characteristics are used to identify the earthworms?
Answer:
In gardens, earthworms can be traced by their fecal deposits known as worm castings on the soil surface.
The earthworms can be identified using the following characteristics:

  • Long and cylindrical narrow body.
  • Bilateral symmetry
  • It is light brown in colour with a purple tinge at the anterior end.
  • The division of the body into many segments or metameres.
  • The dorsal surface of the body is marked by a dark mid-dorsal line.
  • In mature worms, segments 14-17 may be found swollen with a glandular thickening of the skin called the clitellum.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 15.
What are earthworm casts?
Answer:
The undigested particles along with soil are passed out through the anus as worm castings or vermicasts.

Question 16.
How do earthworms breathe?
Answer:

  • There are no lungs and gills.
  • They respire through the body surface.
  • The surface blood vessel helps in gaseous exchange.

Question 17.
Why do you call cockroaches a pest?
Answer:
Cockroaches destroy food and contaminate it with their offensive odour. They are carriers of a number of bacterial diseases. The cockroach allergen can cause asthma in sensitive people.

Question 18.
Comment on the functions of alary muscles?
Answer:
The triangular muscles that are present on both side of the heart are responsible for blood circulation.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 19.
Name the visual units of the compound eyes of cockroach.
Answer:

  • The photoreceptors of the cockroach consist of a pair of compound eye on the dorsal surface of the head.
  • Each eye is formed of about 2000 simple eyes called the ommatidia.

Question 20.
How does the male frog attract the female for mating?
Answer:

  • The male frog has a pair of vocal sacs and a copulatory or nuptial pad on the ventral side of the first digit of each forelimb.
  • Vocal sacs produce croaking sound to attract females and nuptial pad is also helpful in mating.

Question 21.
Write the types of respiration seen in frogs.
Answer:
Frog respires on land and in the water by two different methods. In water, the skin acts as an aquatic respiratory organ (cutaneous respiration). Dissolved oxygen in the water gets exchanged through the skin by diffusion. On land, the buccal cavity, skin, and lungs act as the respiratory organs. In buccal respiration on land, the mouth remains permanently closed while the nostrils remain open.

The floor of the buccal cavity is alternately raised and lowered, so air is drawn into and expelled out of the buccal cavity repeatedly through the open nostrils. Respiration by the lungs is called pulmonary respiration. The lungs are a pair of elongated, pink-colored sac-like structures present in the upper part of the trunk region (thorax). Air enters through the nostrils into the buccal cavity and then to the lungs. During aestivation and hibernation, gaseous exchange takes place through the skin.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 22.
Differentiate between peristomium and prostomium in earthworms.
Answer:

Peristomium Prostomium
1. The mouth is present in the centre of the first segment of the body called peristomium Overhanging the mouth is a small flap called the upperlip or prostomium.

Question 23
Give the location of clitellum and spermathecal openings in Lampito mauritii.
Answer:

  • Clitellum -14 -17 segment.
  • Spermatheca – There are three pairs of spermathecae lying in segments 6/ 7,7/ 8,8/9

Question 24.
Differentiate between tergum and a sternum.
Answer:

Tergum
1.The scierites of dorsal side of cockroach Sternum
Sternum
 The sclerites of ventral side of cockroach

Question 25.
Head of cockroach is called hypognathous. Why?
Answer:
The mouth parts of cockroach are directed downwards. The head is small, triangular lies at a right angle to the longitudinal body axis. Hence it is called hypognathous.

Question 26.
What are the components of blood in frogs?
Answer:
1. Plasma-60%
2. Red blood cells, white blood cells platelets 40 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 27.
Draw a neat labeled diagram of the digestives system of frog.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 1

Question 28.
Explain the reproductive system of frog
1. Male reproductive organ:

  • There are pair of testes. Each test is attached with kidney and dorsal body wall with the peritoneal membrane mesorchium.
  • The vasa efferentia arises from each test is opened into the bladder canal and it communicates with the urinogenital duct that comes out of kidneys and opens into the cloaca.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 2

2. Female reproductive system:

  • It consists of paired ovaries attached to the kidney and dorsal body wall by folds of peritoneum called mesovarium.
  • Each oviduct opens into the body cavity at the anterior end by a funnel like opening called ostia and posteriority the oviducts dilated to form ovisac before they open into cloaca.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 3

  • Fertilization is external.
  • The eggs hatch into tadpoles.
  • Tadpole develops three pairs of gills.
  • The tadpole grows into an air-breathing carnivorous adult frog through a process metamorphosis.

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
We can locate the earth worm’s living area through ……………………….
a. Small hole in the ground
b. Worm costings
c. Debris
d. Excreta of cattle.
Answer:
b. Worm costings

Question 2.
The region between 14 – 17 segments in earthworm is called as …………………
a. Pygidium
b. Prostomium
c. Clitellum
d. Peristomium
Answer:
c. Clitellum

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 3.
What is the shape of the setae?
a. ‘S’ shaped
b. C shaped
c. Round shaped
d. Curved shaped
Answer:
a. ‘S’ shaped

Question 4.
Find the correct pair.
a. First segment -Clitellum
b. Last segment – Peristomium
c. 14-17 -Pygidium
d. Vascular fold -Typhlosole
Answer:
d. Vascular fold -Typhlosole

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 5.
In which segment the lateral hearts are situated?
a. 7-13
b. 6-13
c. 6-15
d. 7-15
Answer:
b. 6-13

Question 6.
Find out the correct statement
a. In male cockroach the reproductive sac lie anteriorily.
b. In female cockroaches chitinous plates gonapophyses are present around the female genital aperature.
c. In male cockroach the sternum of 10th segment have pair of anal cerci.
d. In the 12th segment anal styes are seen.
Answer:
b. In female cockroaches chitinous plates gonapophyses are present around the female genital aperature.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 7.
What is the length of lampito mauritii.
a. 80-210 mm
b. 85-350 mm
c. 80 – 220 mm
d. 80 – 200 mm
Answer:
a. 80-210 mm

Question 8.
The pale brown the purplish tinge colour of earthworm is due to the pigment
a. Haemolymph
b. Porphyrin
c. Choloroquin
d. Flaemoglobin
Answer:
b. Porphyrin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 9.
In which segments the spermatheca are situated
a. 6-7 segments, 7-8 segments 8-9 segments
b. 6-7 segments, 8-9 segments 9-10 segments
c. 8-9 segments, 9-10 segments 10-11 segments
d. 7-8 segments, 8-9 segments 9-10 segments
Answer:
a. 6-7 segments, 7-8 segments 8-9 segments

Question 10.
Find out the wrong statement?
a. The wall of earthworm is thin and moist.
b. There are cuticle and epithelial layer.
c. The body cavity which lies between the digestive system and body wall does not act as a fluid-filled structure.
d. The coelomic fluid is alkaline and milky in nature.
Answer:
c. The body cavity which lies between the digestive system and body wall does not act as a fluid-filled structure.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 11.
Whether the following statement is correct or wrong. Justify.
a. In earthworm the digestive tract runs from the mouth to anus.
b. In earthworm the mouth is seen in the first segment.
c. In the second segment lies buccal cavity.
d. In the 3 – 4th segment lies the pharynx.
a. True, False, False, True
b. True, True, True, True
c. False, False, False, True
d. True, False, True, False
Answer:
b. True, True, True, True

Question 12.
The large complex molecules which consist of organic-rich soil eaten by earthworm with the help of digestive enzymes is converted into the simple absorptive unit is
a. Intestinal digestion
b. Digestion
c. Rectal digestion
d. Enzymatic digestion
Answer:
b. Digestion

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 13.
Find the odd one out.
The earthworm receptors are
a. Photoreceptors
b. Vision receptors
c. Taste receptors
d. Gustatory receptors
Answer:
b. Vision receptors

Question 14.
Which of the following is true with an excretory system of earthworm.
a. Nephridia
b. Nephron minute tubules
c. Nephridia – minute coiled tubules
d. Nephron – coiled tubule
Answer:
c. Nephridia – minute coiled tubules

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 15.
Apart from nephridia, there is specialised cell present in the intestinal walls.
a. Chlorogogen
b. Chloricgen
c. Chlorajan
d. Chlorojin
Answer:
a. Chlorogogen

Question 16.
What is the other name for the seminal funnel?
a. Ciliary
b. Ciliary rosettes
c. Ciliary flagella
d. Ciliary antennae
Answer:
b. Ciliary rosettes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 17.
How many days are taken by the earthworm to complete its life cycle?
a. 70 days
b. 65 days
c. 69 days
d. 60 days
Answer:
d. 60 days

Question 18.
What is the fluid manure of earthworm consist of?
a. Vermicomposting
b. Vermiculture
c. Vermiwash
d. Earthworm manure
Answer:
c. Vermiwash

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 19.
Find out the unrelated one
a. Vermi compose
b. Vermin
c. Vermiculture
d. Vermi wash
Answer:
b. Vermin

Question 20.
Match and find out correct
I. Coxa – a. Thick
II. Trochanter – b. Long
III. Femur – c. Small
IV. Tibia – d. Large
a. I – a, II – b, III – c, IV – d
b. I-d, II-c, III-b, IV-a
c. I-a, II-c , III-d ,IV-b
d. I – b, II – a, III – c, IV – d
Answer:
b. I-d, II-c, III-b, IV-a

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 21.
Find out the wrong pair of cockroaches.
a. Tarsus – Podomeres
b. Genital opening Sclerites – Parametabolus
c. Sclerites of the dorsal side – Tergites
d. Sclerites of the ventral side – Sternites
Answer:
b. Genital opening Sclerites – Parametabolus

Question 22.
Find out the wrong pair of cockroaches.
a. Spiracles – Stigmata
b. Ostia – Colourless coelomic fluid
c. Ostia – Digestive system cockroach
d. Supra oesophageal ganglion – Brain
Answer:
c. Ostia – Digestive system cockroach

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 23.
Which is the ancient organism of insect?
a. Cockroach
b. Cricket
c. Grasshopper
d. Scorpion
Answer:
a. Cockroach

Question 24.
Cockroach belongs to …………………………………………… period about 320 million years ago.
a. Devonian
b. Carboniferous
c. Missisipian
d. Pensylvanian.
Answer:
b. Carboniferous

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 25.
One of the fastest moving land insect is the cockroach. What is it’s speed?
a. 6.4 km/hr
b. 5.0 km/hr
c. 5.4 km/hr
d. 6.5 km/hr
Answer:
c. 5.4 km/hr

Question 26.
Which makes the wings of insect?
a. Chitin
b. Pecten
c. Cellulose
d. Hemicellulose
Answer:
a. Chitin

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
Name the earthworms of India.
Answer:

  • Lampito mauritii (Megascolex mauritii)
  • Perioynx excavatus
  • Metaphire posthuma (Pheretima Posthuma)

Question 2.
What are the regions of clitellum?
Answer:

  • Preclitellar region (1st – 13th segments)
  • Clitellar region (14th – 17th segment)
  • Post – Clitellar region (after 17th segment)

Question 3.
Name the structure that helps in locomotion where is it seen?
Answer:
Locomotion is effected through setae. In all the segments of the body except the first last and clitellum there is a ring of chitinous body setae.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 4.
What is the composition of the coelom of earthworms?
Answer:
The coelomic fluid is milky and alkaline. It consists of granulocytes or eleocytes amoebocytes, mucocytes and leucocytes.

Question 5.
Classify earthworms based on their ecological strategies.
Answer:

  • Earthworms are classified as epigeics, anecics and endogeics based on their ecological strategies.
  • Epigeics are the surface dwellers e.g., Perionyx excavaus and Eudrilus eugeniae.
  • Anecics are found in the upper layers of the soil e.g., Lampiro mauritii, Lumbricus terrestris.
  • Endogeics are found in deeper layers of the soil e.g., Octochaetona thursoni.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 6.
What are the mouthparts of the cockroach?
Answer:

  • Labrum (i) pair of mandibles Labrum (ii) pair of maxillae
  • Labium and hypopharynx or tongue.

Question 7.
Give notes on sclerites?
Answer:
In each segment, exoskeleton has hardened plates called sclerites, which are joined together by a delicate and elastic articular membrane or arthrodial membrane.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 8.
When is cockroach evolved?
Answer:
The cockroaches are ancient among all groups of insects dating back to the carboniferous period about 320 million years ago.

Question 9.
Name the five segments of the leg of the cockroach?
Answer:

  1. Coxa -Large
  2. Trochanter-Small
  3. Femur -Long and broad
  4. Tibia – Long and thick
  5. Tarsus -has five movable joints

Question 10.
Where are hepatic caeca seen in cockroaches?
Answer:
At the junctional region of the gizzard are eight finger-like tubular blind processes called hepatic caecae.

Question 11.
Trace the air paths of respiration.
Answer:
Spiracle trachea tracheoles Tissues.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 12.
Write a note on coelom of earthworm.
Answer;
A spacious body cavity called the coelom is seen between the alimentary canal and the body wall. The coelom contains the coelomic fluid and serves as a hydrostatic skeleton, in which the coelomocytes are known to play a major role in regeneration. immunity and wound healing. The coelomic fluid of the earthworm is milky and alkaline, which consists of granulocytes or cicocytes. amoebocytes, mucocytes and leucocytes.

Question 13.
What are the structures that is not present in frog?
Answer:
In frog there is no external ear neck and tail.

Question 14.
Give notes on chyme?
Answer:
Digestion of food takes place by the action of hydrochloric acid and gastric juices secreted from the walls of the stomach. This partially digested food is called as chyme.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 15.
What are the regions of nervous system?
Answer:
Central nervous system peripheral nervous system autonomous nervous system.

Question 16.
A cockroach produces nutritionally dense milk to feed their young ones. It may be considered as a superfood of the future. How?
Answer:

  1. It contains crystalline milk.
  2. It is synthesised by diploptera punctata.

Question 17.
What are the economic importance of frog?
Answer:

  • Frogs feed on insects and helps in reducing insect pest population.
  • Frogs are used in traditional medicine for controlling blood pressure and for antiaging properties.

Question 18.
What are the types of cockroach?
Answer:

  • American cockroach
  • Brown – banded cockroach
  • German cockroach
  • Oriental cockroach
  • Viviparous cockroach

Question 19.
Name the cells that helps in excretion of cockroach?
Answer:

  • Fat bodies
  • Nephrocytes
  • Cuticle
  • Urecose glands

Question 20.
Define uricotelic organism.
Answer:
The nitrogenous wastes are eliminated through uric acid. (Eg.) Hence cockroach excretes uric acid as a waste it is said to be uricotelic.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 21.
What is typhiosole?
Answer:

  • The dorsal wall of the intestine of earthworm is folded into the cavity as the typhiosole.
  • This fold contains blood vessels and increases the absorptive area of the intestine.

Question 22.
What are the glands seen in male reproductive system ?
Answer:

  • Mushroom-shaped gland
  • conglobate gland.

Question 23.
What is clitellum?
Answer:
In mature worms 14 – 17 segments may be found swollen with a glandular thickening of the skin called the clitellum. This helps in the formation of cocoon.

Question 24.
Where is spermathecal openings seen in the earthworm?
Answer:
They are lying inter segmentally between the grooves of the segments 6/7,7/S and 8/9.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 25.
Where is genital openings seen in the earthworm?
Answer:

  • The female genital aperture lies on the ventral side in the 14th segment.
  • A pair of male genital apertures are situated latero-ventrally in the 18th segment.

Question 26.
Name the body muscles of earthworm.
Answer:

  • Cuticle
  • Epidermis
  • Coelomic epithelium

Question 27.
Name the cells t at makes the epidermis?
Answer:

  • Supportive cells
  • Glandular cells
  • Basal cells
  • Sensory cells

Question 28.
What is the functions of coelomocytes of earthworm?
Answer:
Uses of coelomocytes

  1. Regeneration
  2. Immunity
  3. Woundhealing

Question 29.
Name the cells of coelom of earthworm
Answer:

  • Granulocytes or eleocytes
  • Amoebocytes
  • Mucocytes
  • Leucocytes

Question 30.
What are lateral hearts ?
Answer:
In the anterior part of body of earthworm the dorsal vessel is connected with the ventral vessel by eight pairs of commissural vessels or lateral hearts lying in the 6th – 13th segment.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 31.
Give notes on nephrostome.
Answer:
The mega nephridium of earthworm has an internal funnel like opening called the nephrostome which is fully ciliated.

Question 32.
What is chloragogen cell?
Answer:
Besides nephridia special cells on the coelomic wall of the intestine called chloragogen cells are present. They excrete nitrogenous wastes in the blood.

Question 33.
Whatisprotandrous?
Answer:

  • The two sex organs of earthworm mature at different times and hence self fertilisation is prevented.
  • The sperm develops earlier than the production of ova. This process is known as protandrous.
    It transmits the diseases like cholera, dysentery and tuberculosis hence it is known as vectors.

Question 38.
Whatishypognathous?
Answer:
The mouth parts of cockroach are directed downwards so its is hypognathous.

Question 39.
What is compound eyes?
Answer:
The head of cockroach bears a pair of large sessile and reniform compound eyes. Each eye is formed of about 2000 simple eyes called the ommatidia and the vision caused by the ommatidia is mosaic vision.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 40.
Name the segments of the legs of cockroach?
Answer:
There are five segments in the legs of cockroach.

  1. Coxa
  2. Trochanter
  3. Femur
  4. Tibia
  5. Tarsus

Question 41.
What is podomeres?
Answer:
The last segment of the leg tarsus has five movable joints called podomeres or tarsomeres.

Question 42.
Give notes on wings of cockroach?
Answer:
Cockroach has two pairs of wing. The first pair of wings protects the hind wings when rest is called elytra or tegmina. The second pair of wings used in flight.

Question 43.
Name the plates of the abdomen of cockroach?
Answer:
There are 10 segments in the abdomen. The sclerites of the dorsal side are called tergites.
The sclerites on the ventral side are called sternites and the sclerites on the lateral sides are called pleurites.

Question 44.
What are the sensory receptors seen in cockroach?
Answer:

  • Antenna
  • Compound eyes
  • Labrum
  • Mandibles
  • Labialpalps
  • Analcerci

Question 45.
Name the fat bodies of cockroach?
Answer:
Nephrocytes, Cuticle, Urecose glands.

Question 46.
What are the glands seen in the male cockroach?
Answer:

  • Mushroom shaped gland
  • Conglobate gland.

Question 47.
What is meant by paurometabolus?
Answer:

  • In cockroach the embryonic development occurs in the ootheca for 5-13 weeks.
  • The development of cockroach is gradual through nymphal stages. Hence it is called as paurometabolus.

Question 48.
What are pokilotherms?
Answer:
The organisms which change its temperature according to the temperature of the environment is known as pokilotherms.

Question 49.
What is nictitating membrane?
Answer:
The third eyelid of frog is nictitating membrane. It protects the eye.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 50.
What is cloaca?
Answer:
As the digestive excretory reproductive system opens commonly through a aperture this is called as cloaca.

Question 51.
What is spiracle?
Answer:
In cockroach the trachea open through 10 pairs of small holes called spiracles.

Question 52.
What is meant by chordotonal receptor?
Answer:
Chordotonal receptor is found on the anal cerci which are receptive to vibrations in air and land.

Question 53.
How can a earthwom senses its burrow?
Answer:
In the prostomium of earthworm there are thermal and chemical receptors with the help of this they can find it’s habitat.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 54.
Compare the respiration of human with the respiration of cockroach?
Answer:
In the respiratory system of cockroach there are spiracles and trachea. Each spiracles can open and close. During inspiration spiracles open. This oxygen enters into the haemocoel through spiracles and exchange of gases taking place.

Question 55.
List the very special features of cockroach.
Answer:

  • Cockroach can survive being submerged under water upto 45 minutes.
  • They hold their breath often to help regulate loss of water.

Question 56.
Cockroach can live without ahead? How?
Answer:
A cockroach can live for a week without its head. There is no connection between head and respiration. There is no nostrils and lungs.
The abdomen has 10 pairs of spiracles. These spiracles are communicated with the tracheoles and haemolymph and exchange of gases taking place.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 57.
Why is mosaic vision with less resolution in cockroaches ?
Answer:
The unit of compound eye is ommatidium. There are hundreds of ommatidia. Each ommatidium forms a image. Each image formed in all the ommatidia forms a vision. This image is a mosaic vision.

Question 58.
List the charcteristic features of order Aneura?
Answer:
Frogs and Toads have elongated hindlimbs. This helps in jumping, Frogs can live in water and on trees. Parental care is seen in few species.

Question 59.
Differentiate the compound eyes from simple eye.
Answer:

Compound eye Simple eye
1. Formed of hundreds of small units Single eye
2. Each ommatidium contains lens cornea retina and optic nerve Only one lens cornea retina and optic nerve
3. Each ommatidium forms a separate image and forms a unclear mosaic vision A single image informed. The image is clear

Question 60.
Why three chambered heart of frog is not as efficient as the four chambered heart of birds and mammals?
Answer:

  • The heart of birds and mammals have four chambers. The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood is carried by separate blood vessels and transports to body parts and the purifying organ.
  • The frog has three chambered heart. The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood mixeshere. This mixed blood is reaching all the parts.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 61.
What is meant by cloaca a Common digestive and excretary opening ?
Answer:

  • In the elasmobranhs amphibians, reptiles egg laying mammals the faeces and urine pass through this opening.
  • This passage is also a genital passage for the deposition of sperm. This is called cloacal aperature.

Question 62.
Give notes on setae of earthworm?
Answer:

  • Earthworm have setae which are small hair like bristles. They are not composed of the same material as human hair.
  • They will be helpful in feeding mating and locomotion.

Question 63.
Give notes on intestinal caeca of earthworm?
Answer:
In 26th segment of metaphire posthuma a pair of cone shaped bulging is seen. It is known as intestinal caecum. This secretes amylolytic enzymes. This helps in starch digestion.

( 3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
Based on their ecological strategies classify the earthworms?
Answer:

Ecological strata Earthworm type
1. Epigeics – up on the earth Perionyx excavatus
2. Anecics – out of the earth Lampito mauritii
3. Endogeics – with in the earth Octohaetona thurstoni

Question 2.
Where is longest earthworm seen?
Answer:

  • Micro chaetus rappi is an African giant earthworm can reach a length of 6.7 meter (22 feet)
  • Drawida nilamburansis is a species of earthworm in Kerala reaches a maximum length upto 1 meter (3 feet).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 3.
What is the significance of coelomic fluid of earthworm?
Answer:

  • In the coelomic fluid coelomocytes are present.
  • It helps in regeneration.
  • It helps in immunity and healing of wounds.

Question 4.
What are the sensory receptors seen in the earthworm?
Answer:

  • Photo receptors – Found on the dorsal surface of the body.
  • Gustatory – Sense of taste are found in the buccal cavity.
  • Tactile receptors Sense of touch
  • Chemo receptors Seen in the prostomium and the bodywall.
  • Thermo receptors

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 5.
Draw the diagram of nephridia of earthworm and name the parts.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 4

Question 6.
What are the other name for sclerites ?
Answer:
On the basis of their location they gets their name.

  • Dorsal sclerites – Tergites
  • Ventral sclerites – Stemites
  • Lateral sclerites – Plurites

Question 7.
The cockroach can survive with out the head. Whether the statement is correct or wrong if it is so give reason?
Answer:
This statement is correct.
Reason:

  • A cockroach can live for a week without its head.
  • Due to their open circulatory system they breath through little holes on each of their body segment hence they are not dependent on the mouth or head to breath.

Question 8.
What are the parts of the nervous system ?
Answer:
Supraoesophagial nerve ganglion or brain sub- oesophagial ganglion – circum oesophageal connectives double ventral nerve cord.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 9.
What are the significance of nervous system.
Answer:

  • Brain or supra oesophageal ganglion or brain.
  • It acts as a sensory and an endocrine centre.
  • Sub – oesophageal ganglion
  • It acts as a motor centre controls the movements of the mouthparts legs and wings.

Question 10.
Give notes on ommatidia?
Answer:

  • The photo receptors of the cockroach consists of a pair of compound eyes at the dorsal surface of the head.
  • Each eye is formed of about 2000 simple eyes called ommatidia.

Question 11.
Give notes on ‘Mosaic vision’?
Answer:

  • The cockroach perceives the vision through each ommatidia. This vision is mosaic vision.
  • Though there is sensitivity but the vision is not a clear one.

Question 12.
Why is sexual dimorphism exhibited clearly during breeding season in frog?
Answer:

  • During breeding the sexual dimorphism is seen clearly.
  • The male frog has a pair of vocal sac and a ; nuptial pad on the ventral side of the first digit i of each fore limb.
  • Vocal sacs assist in amplifying the croaking sound of frog.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 13.
How will you classify the earthworm based on their living in relation to ecological strata?
Answer:

  1. Epigeics – Surface living (Eg.) Eudrilus eugeniae
  2. Anecics-Found in upper layers of the soil. (Eg.) Lampito mauritii.
  3. Endogeics – Found in deeper layers of the soil. (Eg.) Octochaetona thurstoni.

Question 14.
Give an account of respiratory system of earthworm?
Answer:

  • Earthworm has no special respiratory organ like lungs or gills.
  • Respiration takes place through the body wall.
  • The outer surface of the skin is richly supplied with blood capillaries which helps in the diffusion of gases.
  • Oxygen diffuses through the skin into the blood.
  • Carbondi-oxide from the blood diffuses out.
  • The skin is kept moist by mucous and coelomic j fluid and facilitates exchange of gases.

Question 15.
Give an account of nervous system of earthworm?
Answer:

  • The brain composed of bilobed mass of supra- pharyngeal ganglia. On the third segment j supra-pharyngeal nerve ganglion and on the 4th segment sub-pharyngeal nerve ganglion is seen.
  • The brain and the sub-pharyngeal ganglia are connected by a pair of cirum-pharyngeal connectives.
  • The double ventral nerve cord runs backward from the sub-pharyngeal ganglion.

Question 16.
What is the excretory organ of earthworm? What are its type?
Answer:
The nephridia is the excretory organ of earthworm
They are three types.

  1. Pharyngeal or tufted nephridia seen in 5-9 segments
  2. Micro nephridia or Integumentary nephridia seen 14 – 19th -segment.
  3. Mega nephridia or septal nephridia seen from 19th – last segment.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 17.
Give notes on vermiwash.
Answer:

  • Vermi wash is a liquid manure or plant tonic obtained from earthworm.
  • It is used as a foliar spray and helps to induce plant growth.
  • It is a collection of excretory products, mucus secretion micro nutrients from the soil organic molecules.

Question 18.
What is wormery or wormbin?
Answer:
Earth worm can be used for recycling of waste food leaf litter and biomass to prepare a good fertilizer in container is known as wormery or wormbin. It makes superior compost.

Question 19.
Give the systematic classification of earthworm?
Answer:

  • Phylum – Annelida
  • Class – Oligocheata
  • Order – Haplotaxida
  • Genus – Lampito
  • Species – Mauriitii

Question 20.
In which part of the cockroach’s body the sensory receptors are seen?
Answer:

Receptors Organs
1. Thigmo receptor Antenna, maxillary paips and anal cerci
2. Olfactory Antennae
3. Gustatory Maxillary paips labium
4. Thermo receptors Tarsal segments on the legs.
5. Chordotonal which responds to air or earth borne vibrations Anal cerci

Question 21.
Give the systematic classification of frog?
Answer:

  • Phylum – Chordata
  • Class – Amphibia
  • Order – Aneura
  • Genus – Rana
  • Species – Hexatacdyla

Question 22.
Give the systematic classification of cockroach?
Answer:

  • Phylum – Arthropoda
  • Class – Insecta
  • Order – Orthroptera
  • Genus – Periplanata
  • Species – Americana

Question 23.
Give an account of exo skeleton of cockroach?
Answer:

  • The entire body is covered by a hard chitinous exoskeleton.
  • In each segment exoskeleton has hardened plates called sclerites which are joined together by a delicate and elastic articular membrane.
  • The sclerites of the dorsal side are called tergites. Ventral side are called sternites lateral side are called pleurites.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 24.
Give an account of mouth parts of cockroach?
Answer:

  • The appendages form the mouth parts which are of biting and chewing type.
  • These are mandibulate or orthopterus.

Mouth parts

  1. Labrum – Upperlip
  2. A pair of mandibles
  3. Pair of maxillae.
  4. Labium-Lower lip
  5. Tongue – Hypopharynx.

Question 25.
Name the digestive glands of cockroach.
Answer:

  • Salivary glands.
  • Hepatic caeca or entericcaeca

Question 26.
Draw the male frog with vocal sac and nuptial pad and marks the parts.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 5

Question 27.
Give an account of buccal cavity of frog.
Answer:

  • The wide mouth opens into the buccal cavity.
  • On the floor of the buccal cavity lies a large muscular sticky tongue.
  • The tongue is attached in front and free behind.
  • The free edge of the tongue is forked.
  • A row of small and maxillary teeth is found on the inner region of the upper jaw.
  • Vomerine teeth are present one on each side of the internal nosteils.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 28.
Give an account of blood of frog ?
Answer:
60% of frog’s blood is plasma and 40% is red blood cells. The blood cells composed of red blood cells, white blood cells and platelets.
White blood cells

  1. Neutrophil
  2. Basophil
  3. Eosinophils
  4. Lymphocytes
  5. Monocytes

 ( 5 marks)

IV. Essay Questions

Question 1.
Describe the external features of the earthworm?
Answer:

  • Earthworm has along and cylindrical body.
  • It is 80-210 mm in length. It is light brown in colour.
  • The body is encircled by a large number of grooves which divides it into a number of compartments called segments ormetameres.
  • The mouth is found in the centre of the first segment of the body called the peristomium.
  • Overhanging the mouth is a small flab called prostomium.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 6

  • The 14 – 17th segments become swollen called clitellum.
  • There are pair of female genital opening in the 14th segment and pair of male genital opening in the 18th segment.
  • In the segments 6/7, 7/8, 8/9 lies the spermatheca.
  • In all the segments of the body except the first last and clitellum there is ring of chitinous body setae. They all involved in locomotion.
  • The last segments bear anus.

Question 2.
Give an account of digestive system of earthworm?
Answer:
1. The alimentary canal runs as a straight tube throughout the length of the body from the mouth to anus.
2. The mouth opens into the buccal cavity which occupies the 1st and 2nd segments.
3.  The thick muscular pharynx lies in the 3rd and 4th segment and is surrounded by the pharyngeal glands.
4. A small narrow oesophagus lies in the 5th segment and 6th segment contains muscular gizzardes. Which helps in grinding the soil and decaying leaves.
5. The intestine starts from the 7th segment and ’ continues upto the last segment.
6. The dorsal wall of the intestine is folded into the vascular cavity called typhlosole.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 7

Question 3.
Describe the structure of circulatory system of earthworm?
Answer:

  • In earthworm closed type of blood vascular system is seen which contains blood vessels, capillaries and lateral hearts.
  • Two median longitudinal vessels run above and below the alimentary canal as dorsal and ventral vessels of the earthworm.
  • There are paired valves in the dorsal vessels which prevent the backward flow of the blood.
  • From 6 to 13 segments with the 8 pairs of commissural vessels which connects the dorsal and the ventral vessel called lateral hearts.
  • The blood is pumped from the dorsal vessel to the ventral vessel.

The blood glands present in the anterior segments of the earthworm produce blood cells and haemoglobin and gives red colour to the blood.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 8

Question 4.
Describe the structure of reproductive system of earthworm ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 9
Earth worm is a hermaphrodite organism the male and female reproductive organs are found in the same individual.

Male reproductive system:

  • Two pairs of testes are present in the 10th and 11th segments. The testes give rise to the germ cellor spermatogonia.
  • Two pairs of seminal funnels called ciliary rosettes are situated in the same segments as the testes. Three pairs of spermathecalies in the 7,8,9 segments.
  • The vas deferens arise from the ciliary rosettes run upto the 18th segment and open exterior through the male genital aperture which contains two pairs of penial setae.
  • A pair of prostate glands lie in the 18th and 19th segments.
  • The secretion of prostate cement the spermatozoa into a bundles of spermatophores.

Female reproductive system:

  • A pair of ovaries lying in the 13th segment. Ovarian funnels are present beneath the ovaries continue as a oviduct and opens in the 14th segment as a female genital opening. There are three pairs of spermathecae lie in the 7th, 8th and 9th segment.
  • They receive spermatozoa during copulation.
  • The two earthworm mate juxta position opposite gonadal openings and exchanging sperms mature egg cells in the nutritive fluid are deposited in the cocoons produced by the glands cells of the citellum which also collects the partner’s sperm from the spermathecae.
  • Fertilization and developments occurs in the cocoon.
  • After 3 weeks baby earthworm are released.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 5.
Give an account of locomotion of earthworm?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 10

  • The earthworm normally crawls with the help of their body muscles setae and buccal chamber. The outer circular and inner longitudinal muscle layers lies below the epidermis of the body wall.
  • The contraction of circular muscles make the body long and narrow while the longitudinal muscles make the body short and broad and hence due to the contraction of longitudinal muscle the earthworm moves.
  • The alternate waves of extensions and contractions are aided by the leverage afforded by the buccal chamber and setae.

Question 6.
Describe the morphological features of cockroach?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 11

  • Cockroach is a bilaterally symmetrical segmented animal which is divisible into head thorax and abdomen.
  • The entire body is covered with chitinous exo-skeleton.
  • Each segment consists of sclerites. The head is small and triangular and the mouth parts are directed downwards hence known as hypognathous. The head bears a pair of compound eye. Each compound eye is composed of unit of ommatidia.
  • The mouth parts are of mandibulatetype. It consists of labrum pair of mandibles a pair of maxillae labium and tongue.
  • The thorax consists of prothorax mesothorax and metathorax. Each thoracic segment bears a pair of walking legs.
  • Due to the presence of 3 pairs of leg they are called as hexapoda. Each leg consists of five segments they are coxa, trochanter femur tibia and tarsus.
  • It has two pairs of wings. It is called as tegmina or elytra. The wings arise from the mesothorax protects the hind wings when at rest. The second pair of wings arise from metathoraxa and used inflight.

Question 7.
Draw the diagram of mouth parts of cockroach ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 12

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 8.
Describe the structure of digestive system of cockroach with a diagram ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 13

The alimentary canal is divided into three regions namely foregut midgut and hindgut.

Foregut:

  • It includes pre-oral cavity mouth pharynx oesophagus and the posterior region contains crop.
  • The food is stored in the crop. The crop is followed by gizzard which have chitinous teeth helps in the grinding of the food particles.

Midgut:

  • At the junctional region of the gizzard are eight finger like tubular blind processes called the hepatic caecae or enteric caecae.
  • At the junction of midgut and hind gut lies 100 – 150 yellow coloured malphigian tubules. It excretes the nitrogenous wastes from the haemolymph.

Hindgut:

  • The hind gut is broader than the midgut.
  • It consists of ileum colon andrectum. The rectum opens out through anus.
    Digestive glands
    Salivary glands
    Hepatic caeca

Question 9.
Describe the structure of circulatory system of cockroach ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 14

Cockroach has an open type of circulatory system.
The coelom is filled with haemolymph. Heart is an elongated tube with muscular wall lying mid dorsally beneath the thorax.
The heart consists of 13 chambers with ostia on either side.
The blood from the sinuses enter the heart through the ostia and is pumped anteriorilly to sinuses again. In each segment there is triangular muscle called alary muscles are seen. It is responsible for blood circulation.
There is a pulsatile vesicle lies at the base of each antenna also pumps blood.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 10.
Give an account of excretory system of cockroach?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 15

  • The malphighian tubules are the main excretory organs of cockroach which help in eliminating the nitrogenous wastes from the body in the form of uric acid. Excretion is uricotelic.
  • In addition fat body, nephrocytes cuticle and urecose glands are also excretory in function. The malpighian tubules are attached at the junction of midgut and hindgut. There are about 100-150 in number present in 6 – 9 bundles.
  • Each tubule is lined by glandular and ciliated cells and the waste is excreted out through the hindgut.
  • The glandular cells of malpighian tubules absorb water salts and nitrogenous wastes. The cells of the tubules reabsorb water and inorganic salts.
  • By the contraction of the tubules nitrogenous waste is pushed in to the ileum. The remaining waste with solid uric acid is exceeded along with the faecal matter.

Question 11.
Describe the structure of reproductive system of male cockroach?
Answer:

  • The male reproductive system consists of a pair of testes vasa deferentia an ejaculatory duct utricular gland phallic gland and the external genitalia.
  • A pair of 3 lobed testes lies on the 4th and 6th abdominal segments. The vas deferens opens into the male gonopore which lies ventral to anus.
  • The mushroom shaped gland is a large reproductive gland which opens into the anterior part of the ejaculatory duet.
  • The sperms are stored in the seminal vesicles as bundles of spermatophores. Surrounding the male genital opening are few chitinous structures called phallomeres or gonopophyses which help in copulation.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 16
Question 12.
Describe the structure of female reproductive system of cockroach?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 17

  • The female reproductive system consists of a pair of ovaries vagina genital pouch collaterial glands speromthecae and the external genitalia.
  • A pair of ovaries lie in the segmetn of 2nd and 6th abdominal segment. Each ovary is formed of eight ovarian tubules. Oviducts of each ovary unite into a common oviduct known as vagina which opens into the genital chamber.
  • A pair of spermathecae is present in the 6th segment and opens in to the genital pouch.
  • During copulation the ova descend to the genital chamber and fertilised by the sperm. The collateral gland secreta a hard case called ootheeca around the egg.
  • The ootheca is dropped to a crack or crevice of high relative humidity near a food source. The nymphs are released from this ootheca and they grows by moulting about 13 times to reach the adult form.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 13.
Describe the morphological features of frog?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 18

The body of frog is streamlined to help in swimming. Body is divided into head and trunk.

Head:

  • The head is triangular and has an apex which forms the snout.
  • The mouth is at the anterior end on the head contains pair of external nostrils, pair of eyes with unmovable upper eyelid movable lower eye lid which protects the eye.
  • The nictitating membrane protects the eye when the frog is underwater.
  • A pair of ear drum lies behind the eyes. There is no external ear neck and tail.

Trunk:

  • It bears a pair of fore limbs and a pair of hind limbs. The hind limbs are longer than the forelimbs. At the posterior end between the hind limbs is the cloacal aperture.
  • Fore limbs help to bear the weight of the body. It consists of upper arm fore arm and a hand. The hind limbs consist of thigh shank and foot.
  • Foot bears five long webbed toes and one small spot called the sixth toe cloacal aperture.
  • Fore limbs help to bear the weight of the body. It consists of upper arm fore arm anda hand.
  • The hind limbs consist of thigh shank and foot. Foot bears five long webbed toes and one small spot called the sixth toe.

Question 14.
Describe about the digestive system of frog?
Answer:
The digestive system extends from mouth to the cloaca.
Digestive tract organs:

  • The alimentary canal consists of the buccal cavity pharynx oesophagus duodenum ileum and the rectum which opens outside by the cloacal aperture.
  • The mouth opens into the buccal cavity.

Tongue:

  • On the floor of the buccal cavity lies a large muscular sticky tongue. The tongue is attached in front and free behind.
  • The free edge of tongue is forked.

Teeth:

  • A row of small and pointed maxillary teeth is found on the inner region of the upper jaw. Vomerine teeth are also present as two groups. One on each side of the internal nostrils.
  • The lower jaw is devoid of teeth. The mouth opens into the buccal cavity and then to esophagus through pharynx. Oesophagus opens into stomach
  • Stomach opens in to intestine then to rectum and finally to the cloaca. Liver, Pancresa are the structures of digestive system.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 15.
Describe the structure of the heart of frog ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 19

  • The heart consists of three chamber. Two auricle and one ventricle. Heart is covered by pericardium. On the dorsal side of the heart is a triangular chamber called sinus venosus.
  • Truncus arteriosus is a thick walled structure which is obliquely placed on the ventral surface of the heart.
  • It divides into right and left aortic trunk. Each divides into carotid systemic and pulmocutaneous arteries.
  • The systemic trunk of each side is joined posteriorly to form the dorsal aorta. They supply blood to the posterior part of the body. The pulmo-cutaneous trunk supplies blood to lungs and skin.
  • The sinus venosus receives the deoxygenated blood from the pre and post venacava and delivers the blood to the right auricle.
  • The left auricle receives oxygenated blood through pulmonary vein.

Question 16.
Describe the structure of the respiratory system of frog?
Answer:

  • Frog respires on land and in the water by two different methods. In water the dissolved oxygen in the water gets exchanged through the skin by diffusion.
  • On land the buccal cavity skin and lungs act as the respiratory organ.

Buccal respiration:

  • Mouth remains permanently closed while the nostrils remain open. The floor of the buccal cavity is raised and lowered so air drawn into and expelled out of the buccal cavity repeatedly through the open nostrils.
  • A pair of elongated pink coloured sac like lungs are present in the upper part of the trunk.
  • Air enters through the nostrils into the buccal cavity and then to the lungs.

Question 17.
Describe the structure of the nervous system
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 20

  • The nervous system is divided into the central nervous system, peripheral nervous system and the autonomous nervous system.
  • Peripheral nervous system consists of 10 pairs of cranial nerves and 10 pairs of spinal nerves. The autonomous nervous system is divided into sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system.
  • CNS consists of brain and spinal cord. Brain is covered with pia mater and dura mater. The brain is divided into forebrain mid brain and hind brain
  • Fore brain Consists of a pair of olfactory lobes and cerebral hemisphere and diencephalon. The olfactory lobes contain a small cavity called olfactory ventricle.
  • The midbrain includes two large optic lobes and has cavities called optic ventricles.
  • Hind brain consists of cerebellum and medulla oblongata. The medulla oblongata passes out through the foramen magnum and continues as spinal cord.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 18.
Draw the diagram of buccal cavity of frog and name the parts?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 21

Question 19.
Describe the locomotion of earthworm?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 22

  • The earthworm normally crawl with the help of their body muscles setae and buccal chamber.
  • The outer circular and inner longitudinal muscle layers lies below the epidermis of the body wall.
  • The contraction of circular muscles make the body long and narrow while the longitudinal muscle make the body short and broad and hence due to the contraction of longitudinal muscle the earthworm moves.
  • The alternate waves of extensions and contractions are aided by the leverage afforded by the buccal chamber and setae.

Question 20.
Tabulate the morphological differences between lampito mauritii and metaphire posthuma.
Answer:

Characters Lampito mauritii Metaphire posthuma
1. Shape and size Cylindrical
80 mm – 210 mm in length 3.5mm – 5.0 mm in width
Cylindrical
115 – 130 mm in length 5 mm in width
2. Colouration Light Brown Dark Brown
3. Segmentation 165-190 Segments About 140 Segments
4. Clitellum 14th – 17th Segments (4) 14th – 16th Segments (3)
5. Intestinal caeca Absent Present in 26th segment
6. Male genital pore 18th segment 18th segment
7. Female genital pore 14th segment 14th segment

Question 21.
Tabulate anatomical differences between lampitomaritii and metaphire posthuma
Answer:

Characters Lampito mauritii Metaphire posthuma
1. Sperma thecal opening Three pairs 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9 Four pairs 5/6, 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9
2. Pharynx 3rd – 4th segment Runs up to 4th Segment
3. Oesophagus 5th segment 8th segment
4. Gizzard 6th segment 8th – 9th segment
5. Intestine 7th segment to anus 15th segment to anus
6. Lateral hearts 8 pairs from 6th  to 13th segments 3 pairs from 7th to 9th segments
7. Pharyngeal  nephridia 5th _ 9th segment 4th – 6th segment
8. Micronephridia 14th to last segment 7th to last segment
9. Meganephridia 19th to last segment 15th to last segment

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 22.
Differentiate the male cockroach from female cockroach.
Answer:

Characters Male cockroach Female cockroach
1. Abdomen Long and narrow Short and broad
2. Segments In the abdomen, nine segments are visible In the abdomen, seven segments are visible
3. Anal styles Present Absent
4. Terga 7th ter gum covers 8 th tergum 7th ter gum covers 8 th and 9th terga
5. Brood pouch Absent Present
6. Antenna Longer in length Shorter in length
7. Wings Extends beyond the tip of abdomen Extends up to the end of abdomen

23. Draw the life cycle of lampito mauritii.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 23

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 24.
Differentiate the frog from toad.
Answer:

Characters Frog Toad
1. Family Ranidae Buforudae
2. Body shape Slender More Bulky
3. Legs Longer Shorter
4. Webbed feet present Absent
5. Skin Smooth and moist skin Dry skin covered with wart like glands
6. Teeth Maxillary and vomerine teeth. Teeth absent
7. Egg formation Lays eggs in clusters Lays eggs in strings

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

11th Bio Zoology Guide Tissue Level of Organisation Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options.

Question 1.
The main function of the cuboidal epithelium is
a. Protection
b. Secretion
c. Absorption
d. Both (b) and (c)
Answer:
d. Both (b) and (c)

Question 2.
The ciliated epithelium lines the
a. Skin
b. Digestive tract
c. Gall bladder
d. Trachea
Answer:
d. Trachea

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 3.
What type of fibres are found in connective tissue matrix?
a. Collagen
b. Areolar
c. Cartilage
d. Tubular
Answer:
a. Collagen

Question 4.
Prevention of substances from leaking across the tissue is provided by
a. Tight junction
b. Adhering junction
c. Gap junction
d. Elastic junction
Answer:
a. Tight junction

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 5.
Non-shivering thermogenesis in neonates produces heat through
a. White fat
b. Brown fat
c. Yellow fat
d. Colourless fat
Answer:
b. Brown fat

Question 6.
Some epithelia are pseudostratified. What does this mean?
Answer:
Pseudostratified epithelial cells are columnar but unequal in size. Although the epithelium is single-layered yet it appears to be multilayered due to the fact that nuclei lie at different levels in different cells.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 7.
Differentiate white adipose tissue from brown adipose tissue
Answer:

White adipose tissue Brown adipose tissue
1. They have less number of Mitochondria. They have more numbers of mitochondria.
2. They store nutrients It is used to heat the bloodstream to warm the body.

Question 8.
Why blood is considered as a typical connective tissue?
Answer:
Blood is considered a typical connective tissue because it is the fluid connective tissue containing plasma, RBCs, WBCs, and platelets. It functions as the transport medium for the cardiovascular system carrying nutrients, nitrogenous wastes, and respiratory gases throughout the body.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 9.
Differentiate between elastic fibres and elastic connective tissue.
Answer:

Elastic Fibres Elastic connective tissue
1. It is found in the skin as the leathery dermis and forms fibrous capsules of organs such as kidneys bones and cartilages. This is present in tendons that attach skeletal muscles to bones and ligaments.
2. It allows recoil of tissues following stretching. It attaches one bone to another.
3. It maintains the pulsative flow of blood through the arteries and the passive recoil of lungs following inspiration. It is able to with stand tension exerted in many directions and provides structural strength.

Question 10.
Name any four important functions of epithelial tissue and provide at least one example of a tissue that exemplifies each function.
Answer:

Functions Tissues
1. Protection  Squamous epithelium. In heart lungs and blood vessels as a protective covering.
2. Absorption Columnar epithelium. (It lines the digestive track)
3. Secretion Cuboidal and columnar epithelium. Salivary gland endocrine glands.
4. Filteration Squamous epithelium glomerulus.

Question 11.
Write the classification of connective tissue and their functions.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation 1

Question 12.
What is an epithelium? Enumerate the characteristic features of different epithelia. Epithelial tissue is a sheet of cells that covers the body surface or lines the body cavity.
Answer:

Types of epithelium Characters
1. Squamous epithelium Made up of single thin layer of flattened cells with irregular boundaries.
2. Cuboidal epithelium Made up of single layer of cube-like cells.
3. Columnar epithelium Made up of a single layer of tall cells with round to
oval nuclei at the base.
4. Ciliated epithelium It bears cilia on their free surfaces.
5. Nonciliated epithelium There is no cilia on the free surfaces of columnar
epithelium
6. Pseudostratified epithelium Columnar but unequal in size
7. Compound epithelium Made up of more than one layer of cells.

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Tissue Level of Organisation Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
What are the types of epithelium
a. Simple squamous epithelium
b. Simple cuboidal epithelium
c. Simple columnar epithelium
d. Stratified epithelium
Answer:
a. Simple squamous epithelium

Question 2.
Which one of the following is not the functions of the epithelium.
a. Protection
b. Absorption
c. Reproduction
d. Excretion
Answer:
c. Reproduction

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 3.
Find out the epithelium with irregular boundaries
a. Ciliated epithelium
b. Squamous epithelium
c. Columnar epithelium
d. Pseudostratified epithelium
Answer:
b. Squamous epithelium

Question 4.
Name the epithelium which helps in protection, absorption and secretion.
a. Pseudostratified epithelium
b. Compound epithelium
c. Cuboidal epithelium
d. Columnar epithelium
Answer:
a. Pseudostratified epithelium

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 5.
Name the tissue which have numerous mitochondria ?
a. Brown adipose tissue
b. White adipose tissue
c. Dense connective tissue
d. Loose connective tissue
Answer:
a. Brown adipose tissue

Question 6.
Match and find the correct answers
I. Ciliated epithelium – a. Outer skin
II. Ciliated epithelium – b. Heart
III. Squamous epithelium – c. Gall bladder
IV. Compound epithelium – d. Ureter
a. I – c, II – b, III – d, IV – a
b. I – b, II – c, III – d, IV – a
c. I – a, II – b, III – c, IV – d
d. I – d, II – c, III – b, IV – a
Answer:
d. I – d, II – c, III – b, IV – a

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 7.
Find out the wrong pair.
a. Exocrine glands – Saliva
b. Endocrine glands – Hormones
c. Ants – Adipocytes
d. Blood – Fluid connective tissue
Answer:
c. Ants – Adipocytes

Question 8.
Name the tissues present in osteocytes
a. Connective tissue
b. Bone tissue
c. Blood
d. Adipose
Answer:
b. Bone tissue

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 9.
What are myofibrils?
a. Minute fibrils of muscle fibres
b. Fibers of epithelial tissues
c. The end of nerve tissue
d. In cardiac muscles
Answer:
a. Minute fibrils of muscle fibres

Question 10.
Match and find the correct answer
I. Simple squamous epithelium – a. Respiratory tract
11. Simple Cuboidal epithelium – b. Intestine
III. Simple columnar epithelium – c. Kidney
IV. Ciliated epithelium – d. Alveoli
a. I – a, II – b, III – c, IV – d
b. I – d, II – c, III – b, IV – a
c. I – c, II – d, III – a, IV – b
d. I – a, II – c, III – b, IV – d
Answer:
b. I – d, II – c, III – b, IV – a

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
Define tissues.
Answer:
Group of cells that are similar in structure and perform common or related functions are called tissues.

Question 2.
Define organ system?
Answer:
If two or more organs perform common physical and chemical functions they are called “organ systems”.

Question 3.
What are the four types of tissues?
Answer:
Simple epithelium:

  • It consists of a simple layer.
  • It helps in protection, absorption, filtration, excretion, secretion, and sensory reception.

Compound epithelium:

  • It is multilayered.
  • It provides protection against chemical and mechanical stresses.

Question 4.
What is epithelial tissue? What are its types?
Answer:
It is a sheet of cells that covers the body surface or lines the body cavity.
Types:

  1. Simple epithelium
  2. Compound epithelium

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 5.
What are the functions of epithelial tissues?
Answer:

  • Outer covering
  • Protection
  • Absorption
  • Excretion
  • Secretion

Question 6.
What is unicellular glandular epithelium?
Answer:
It consists of isolated glandular cells.
(Eg.) Goblet cells of the alimentary canal.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 7.
Based on the secretion how are exocrine glands classify?
Answer:

  1. Merocrine
  2. Holocrine
  3. Apocrine

Question 8.
Where are connective tissues originated from?
Answer:
Connective tissues originated from Mesoderm.
Types of connective tissue: Bones and blood, Cartilage.

Question 9.
What are the functions of connective tissue?
Answer:

  • Binding
  • Support
  • Protection
  • Insulation
  • Transportation

Question 10.
What are the fibres present in the connective tissues?
Answer:

  • Collagen
  • Elastic
  • Reticular

Question 11.
What is meant by myofibrils?
Answer:
Each muscle is made of many long cylindrical fibers arranged in parallel arrays known as myofibrils.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 12.
What are involuntary muscles?
Answer:
Smooth muscles are involuntary as their functions cannot be directly controlled. (Eg.) Blood vessels, Stomach intestine

Question 13.
What is the unit of nervous system and name the tissues which made the nervous system?
Answer:
The unit of nervous system is neuron. Cells:

  • Excitable cells
  • Neuroglial cells.

Question 14.
What is the function of compound stratified epithelium and where is it seen?
Answer:
Uses:
Protection, secretion and absorption.

Site of occurrence:
Ciliated epithelium — Respiratory tract. Nonciliated epithelium – Epididymis urethra of male.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 15.
What is meant by tissue fluid? What is its composition?
Answer:
The areolar connective tissue acts as a reservoir of water and salts for the surrounding body tissue. Hence it is called tissue fluid.
Composition:

  • Fibroblasts
  • Macrophages
  • Mast cells

Question 16.
What is Ehler’s Danlos syndrome?
Answer:
Defect in the synthesis of collagen in the joints heart values organ walls and arterial walls.

Question 17.
What is stickler syndrome?
Answer:
It is a defect which affects collagen and results in facial abnormalities.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 18.
What is Rhabdo Myo sarcoma?
Answer:
It is a life-threatening soft tissue tumour of head neck and urinogenital tract.

Question 19.
What is Rheumatoid arthritis?
Answer:
The immune cell attack and inflame the membranes around the joints.

Question 20.
What is Sjogren’s syndrome?
Answer:
It is a disease in which progressive inability to secrete saliva and tears.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 21.
What is Palmaris muscle?
Answer:
It is a long narrow muscle run from the elbow to the wrist and is important for hanging and climbing in primates.

Question 22.
What is Parkinson’s disease?
Answer:
It is a degenerative disorder of the nervous system that affects movement often including tremors.

Question 23.
What is Alzheimer’s disease?
Answer:
It is a chronic neurodegenerative disease which includes the symptoms of difficulty in remembering recent events.

Question 24.
What is Biopsy?
Answer:
It is an examination of tissue or liquid removed from a living body to discover presence cause or extent of a disease.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 25.
What is an autopsy?
Answer:
It is a dissection of a dead body (Post – mortem) examination to discover the cause of death or the extent of disease.

Question 26.
What is Forensic science?
Answer:
It is the field of science that effectively uses histological techniques to trace out crimes.

Question 27.
The multicellular epithelium helps protect and prevent friction. What is special about the unicellular epithelium
Answer:
The unicellular epithelium is made up of a single layer of cells. These are seen in the organs which do the functions of absorption secretion and filtration.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 28.
What is acinus?
Answer:
It is the unit of secretion.

Question 29.
What are adipocytes?
Answer:
This is composed of big adipose tissue in the centre and the cytoplasm is seen as a thin covering layer.

Question 30.
What is the substrate of bone tissue?
Answer:
The mineral hydroxyapatite is a substrate of bone tissue.

(3 marks)

III. Short Questions 

Question 1.
Explain the types of simple epithelium.
Answer:
Simple epithelium is a simple layered sheet of cells that covers the body surface or lines the body cavity.
Types:
1. Squamous epithelium:
It is made of flattened cells with irregular boundaries. It is found in glomeruli, air sacs of lungs, the lining of heart, blood vessels.

2. Cuboidal epithelium:
It is made of cube-like cells. It is found in kidney tubules, ducts, and glands. It is important for secretion and absorption.

3. Columnar epithelium:
It is made of column-like cells. It lines the digestive tract. It is important for secretion and absorption.

4. Ciliated epithelium:
It has cilia at the free end. It is found in bronchi, uterine tubes. It is helpful in propelling materials.

5. Glandular epithelium:
Cuboidal or columnar epithelium specialized for secretion is called the glandular epithelium. E.g., goblet cells and salivary gland.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 2.
Compare dense regular connective tissue with dense irregular connective tissues?
Answer:

Dense regular connective tissue Dense irregular connective tissue
1.Collagen fibres are present. Collagen fibres are present.
2. Fibroblast cells are present. Fibroblast cells are present.
3. it connects the bone with skeletal muscles, It is able to withstand tension exerted in many direction and provides structural strength.

Question 3.
Classify the muscles and their location?
Answer:
Muscles are of three types.

  1. Skeletal muscles
  2. Smooth muscles
  3. Cardiac muscles.

1. Skeletal muscles:
These muscle fibres are bundled together in a parallel fashion.
Location: They are closely attached to skeletal
bones.

2. Smooth muscles:
These fibres are tapered at both ends and do not show striations.
Location: Blood vessels stomach intestine.

3. Cardiac Muscles:
In this muscles, cell junction fuse the plasma membranes of cardiac muscle cells and make them stick together.
Location: Heart.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 4.
Explain compound epithelium.
Answer:

  • The compound epithelium is made up of multilayered cells.
  • These protect organs against chemical and mechanical stresses.
  • These cover the dry surface of the skin, the moist surface of the buccal cavity, pharynx, inner lining of ducts of salivary glands, and pancreatic ducts.

(5 marks)

IV. Essay Questions

Question 1.
What is glandular epithelium? Describe its types?
Answer:
Some of the epithelial cells get specialized for secretion they are called the glandular epithelium.
I. Based on cellular structure
They are classified as Unicellular (Eg.) Goblet cells of the alimentary canal. Multicellular (Eg.) Salivary gland

II. Based on mode of pouring
Exocrine glands – The products are released through ducts. (Eg.) Mucus secreting glands, Saliva secreting glands.
Endocrine glands – They do not have ducts. Their secretions directly secreted into the fluid bathing the glands.
(Eg.) Pituitary gland.

a) Exocrine glands based on cellular nature

  •  Unicellular
  • Multicellular

b) Exocrine based on the structure

  •  Simple
  • Compound glands

c) Based on their secretary units

  • tubular
  • alveolar
  • tubulo alveolar

d) Based on their mode of secretion

  • Merocrine
  • Holocrine
  • Apocrine.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 2.
What is meant by compound gland? What are its uses and its types?
Answer:
It is made up of more than one layer of cells.

Uses:
It helps in providing protection against chemical and mechanical stresses.

Location:
Buccal cavity, Pharynx salivary glands, Pancreatic ducts

Types:

  • Stratified squamous epithelium. It is present in the dry epidermis of the skin,
  • Keratinized type-Mouth and vagina.
  • Non – Keratinized type
  • Stratified cuboidal epithelium – Sweat glands, Mammary gland
  • Columnar epithelium-Pharynx urethra
  • Transitional epithelium – Ureters, urinary bladder.

Question 3.
Explain the types of muscle.
Answer:
Each muscle is made of long, cylindrical fibres. They are composed of fine fibrils called myofibrils. Muscle fibres contract and relax. Skeletal muscle is attached to skeletal bones. It is striped or striated. It is a voluntary muscle. The smooth muscle fibres are fusiform and do not have striations. It is an involuntary muscle. Cardiac muscle tissue is present in the heart. It is striated and branched and involuntary.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Pdf Chapter 9 Solutions Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Solutions

11th Chemistry Guide Solutions Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Textbook Evaluation:

I. Choose the best answer:

Question 1.
The molality of a solution containing 1.8 g of glucose dissolved in 250 g of water is
a) 0.2 M
b) 0.01 M
c) 0.02 M
d) 0.04 M
Answer:
d) 0.04 M

Question 2.
Which of the following concentration terms is / are independent of temperature
a) molality
b) molarity
c) mole fraction
d) a and b
Answer:
d) a and b

Question 3.
Stomach acid, a dilute solution of HCl can be neutralized by reaction with aluminium hydroxide Al(OH)3 + 3HCl (aq) -> AlCl3 + 3H2O. How many milliliters of 0.1 M Al(OH)3 solution is needed to neutralize 21 ml of 0.1 M HCl?
a) 14 mL
b) 7 mL
c) 21 mL
d) none of these
Answer:
b) 7 mL

Question 4.
The partial pressure of nitrogen in air is 0.76 atm and its Henry’s law constant is 7.6 × 104 atm at 300 K. What is the mole fraction of nitrogen gas in the solution obtained when air is bubbled through water at 300 K ?
a) 1 × 10-4
b) 1 × 104
c) 2 × 10-5
d) 1 × 10-5
Answer:
d) 1 × 10-5

Question 5.
The Henry’s law constant for the solubility of Nitrogen gas in water at 350 K is 8 × 104 atm. The mole fraction of nitrogen in air is 0.5. The number of moles of Nitrogen from air dissolved in 10 moles of water at 350 K and 4 atm pressure is
a) 4 × 10-4
b) 4 × 104
c) 2 × 10-2
d) 2.5 × 10-4
Answer:
d) 2.5 × 10-4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 6.
Which one of the following is incorrect for an ideal solution?
a) ∆Hmix = 0
b) ∆Umix =0
c) ∆P = Pobserved – Pcalculated by Raoults law = 0
d) ∆Gmix = 0
Answer:
d) ∆Gmix = 0

Question 7.
Which one of the following gases has the lowest value of Henry’s law constant?
a) N2
b) He
c) CO2
d) H2
Answer:
c) CO2

Question 8.
P1 and P2 are the vapour pressures of pure liquid components, 1 and 2 respectively of an ideal binary solution If x1 represents the mole fraction of component 1, the total pressure of the solution formed by 1 and 2 will be
a) P1 + x1 (P2 – P1)
b) P2 – x1 (P2 + P1)
c) P1 – x2(P1 – P2)
d) P1 + x2(P1 – P2)
Answer:
c) P1 – x2(P1 – P2)

Question 9.
Osomotic pressure (π) of a solution is given by the relation
a) π = nRT
b) πV = nRT
c) πRT = n
d) none of these
Answer:
b) πV = nRT

Question 10.
Which one of the following binary liquid mixtures exhibits positive deviation from Raoults law?
a) acetone + chloroform
b) water + nitric acid
c) HCl + water
d) ethanol + water
Answer:
d) ethanol + water

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 11.
The Henry’s law constants for two gases A and B are x and y respectively. The ratio of mole fractions of A to B 0.2. The ratio of mole fraction of B and A dissolved in water will be
a) \(\frac{2 x}{y}\)

b) \(\frac{y}{0.2 x}\)

c) \(\frac{0.2 x}{y}\)

d) \(\frac{5 x}{y}\)
Answer:
d) \(\frac{5 x}{y}\)

Question 12.
At 100°C the vapour pressure of a solution containing 6.5g a solute in 100g water is 732 mm. If Kb = 0.52, the boiling point of this solution will be
a) 102°C
b) 100°C
c) 101°C
d) 100.52°C
Answer:
c) 101°C

Question 13.
According to Raoults law, the relative lowering of vapour pressure for a solution is equal to
a) mole fraction of solvent
b) mole fraction of solute
c) number of moles of solute
d) number of moles of solvent
Answer:
b) mole fraction of solute

Question 14.
At same temperature, which pair of the following solutions are isotonic?
a) 0.2 M BaCl2 and 0.2 M urea
b) 0.1 M glucose and 0.2 M urea
c) 0.1 M NaCl and 0.1 M K2SO4
d) 0.1 M Ba(NO3)2 and 0.1 M Na2SO4
Answer:
d) 0.1 M Ba(NO3)2 and 0.1 M Na2SO4

Question 15.
The empirical formula of a non – electrolyte (X) is CH2O. A solution containing six grams of X exerts the same osmotic pressure as that of 0.025 M glucose solution at the same temperature. The molecular formula of X is
a) C2H4O2
b) C8H16O8
c) C4H8O4
d) CH2O
Answer:
b) C8H16O8

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 16.
The KH for the solution of oxygen dissolved in water is 4 × 104 atm at a given temperature. If the partial pressure of oxygen in air is 0.4 atm, the mole fraction of oxygen in solution is
a) 4.6 × 103
b) 1.6 × 104
c) 1 × 10-5
d) 1 × 105
Answer:
c) 1 × 10-5

Question 17.
Normality of 1.25 M sulphuric acid is
a) 1.25 N
b) 3.75 N
c) 2.5 N
d) 2.25 N
Answer:
c) 2.5 N

Question 18.
Two liquids X and Y on mixing gives a warm solution. The solution is
a) ideal
b) non-ideal and shows positive deviation from Raoults law
c) ideal and shows negative deviation from Raoults Law
d) non-ideal and shows negative deviation from Raoults Law
Answer:
d) non-ideal and shows negative deviation from Raoults Law

Question 19.
The relative lowering of vapour pressure of a sugar solution in water is 2.5 × 10-3. The mole fraction of water in that solution is
a) 0.0035
b) 0.35
c) 0.0035/18
d) 0.9965
Answer:
d) 0.9965

Question 20.
The mass of a non – volatile solute (molar mass 80 g mol-1) which should be dissolved in 92g of toluene to reduce its vapour pressure to 90%
a) 10 g
b) 20 g
c) 9.2 g
d) 8 g
Answer:
d) 8 g

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 21.
For a solution, the plot of osmotic pressure (π) versus the concentration (c in mol L-1) gives a straight line with slope 310 R where ‘R’ is the gas constant. The temperature at which osmotic pressure measured is
a) 310 × 0.082 K
b) 310° C
c) 37°C
d) \(\frac{310}{0.082}\) K
Answer:
c) 37°C

Question 22.
200 ml of an aqueous solution of a protein contains 1.26 g of protein. At 300 K, the osmotic pressure of this solution is found to be 2.52 × 10-3 bar. The molar mass of protein will be (R = 0.083 L bar mol-1 K-1}
a) 62.22 kg mol-1
b) 12444 g mol-1
c) 300 g mol-1
d) None of these
Answer:
a) 62.22 kg mol-1

Question 23.
The Van’t Hoff factor (i) for a dilute aqueous solution of the strong electrolyte barium hydroxide is
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
Answer:
d) 3

Question 24.
Which is the molality of a 10% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide solution?
a) 2.778
b) 2.5
c) 10
d) 0.4
Answer:
b) 2.5

Question 25.
The correct equation for the degree of an associating solute, ‘n’ molecules of which undergoes association in solution, is
a) α = \(\frac{\mathrm{n}(\mathrm{i}-1)}{\mathrm{n}-1}\)

b) α2 = \(\frac{n(1-i)}{(n-1)}\)

c) α = \(\frac{\mathrm{n}(\mathrm{i}-1)}{1-\mathrm{n}}\)

d) α = \(\frac{\mathrm{n}(1-\mathrm{i})}{\mathrm{n}(1-\mathrm{i})}\)
Answer:
c) α = \(\frac{\mathrm{n}(\mathrm{i}-1)}{1-\mathrm{n}}\)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 26.
Which of the following aqueous solutions has the highest boiling point?
a) 0.1 M KNO3
b) 0.1 M Na3PO4
c) 0.1 M BaCl2
d) 0.1 M K2SO4
Answer:
b) 0.1 M Na3PO4

Question 27.
The freezing point depression constant for water is 1.86° K Kg mol-1. If 5 g Na2SO4 is dissolved in 45 g water, the depression in freezing point is 3.64°C. The Vant Hoff factor for Na2SO4 is
a) 2.57
b) 2.63
c) 3.64
d) 5.50
Answer:
a) 2.57

Question 28.
Equimolal aqueous solutions of NaCl and KCl are prepared,. If the freezing point of NaCl is -2°C, the freezing point of KCl solution is expected to be
a) -2°C
b) -4°C
c) -1°C
d) 0°C
Answer:
a) -2°C

Question 29.
Phenol dimerises in benzene having van’t Hoff factor 0.54. What is the degree of association?
a) 0.46
b) 92
c) 46
d) 0.92
Answer:
d) 0.92

Question 30.
Assertion:
An ideal solution obeys Raoults Law.
Reason:
In an ideal solution, solvent – solvent as well as solute – solute interactions are similar to solute-solvent interactions.
a) both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion
b) both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion
c) assertion is true but reason is false
d) both assertion and reason are false
Answer:
a) both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

II. Write brief answer to the following questions:

Question 31.
Define:
(i) Molality
(ii) Normality
Answer:
(i)Molality :
Molality (m) is defined as the number of moles of the solute dissolved in one kilogram (Kg) of the solvent. The units of molality are moles per kilogram, i.e., mole kg-1. The molality is preferred over molarity if volume of the solution is either expanding or contracting with temperature.
molality (m) = \(\frac{\text { Number of mole of solute }}{\text { mess of solvent in } \mathrm{kg}}\)

ii) Normality:
Normality (N) of a solution is defined as the number of gram equivalents of the solute present in one liter of the solution. Normality is used in acid-based redox titrations.
Normality (N) = \(\frac{\text { Number of gram equivalents of solute }}{\text { Volume of solution in litre }}\)

Question 32.
a) What is a vapour pressure of liquid?
Answer:
“The pressure exerted by the vapors above the liquid surface which is in equilibrium with the liquid at a given temperature is called vapor pressure”.

b) What is a relative lowering of vapour pressure?
Answer:
The relative lowering of vapour pressure is defined as the ratio of lowering of vapour pressure to the vapour pressure
of pure solvent (P0) RLVP = \(\frac{p^{0}-P}{P^{0}}\)

Question 33.
State and explain Henry’s law.
Answer:
“The partial pressure of the gas in vapor phase (vapour pressure of the solute) is directly proportional to the mole fraction (x) of the gaseous solute in the solution at low concentrations”. This statement is known as Henry’s law.
Henry’s law can be expressed as,
Psolute α xsolute in solution
Psolute = KH xsolute solution
Here, Psolute represents the partial pressure of the gas in vapour state which is commonly called as vapour pressure. Xsolute in solution represents the mole fraction of solute in the solution. KH is a empirical constant with the dimensions of pressure.

Question 34.
State Raoult law and obtain expression for lowering of vapour pressure when nonvolatile solute is dissolved In solvent.
Answer:
In an ideal solution, the vapour pressure of the solution is decreased when a non-volatile solute is dissolved in a solvent. The magnitude of decrease in the vapour pressure of the solution depends on the amount of solute added.
Let us consider the solution with the following features.
Mole fraction of the solvent = xA
Mole fraction of the solute = xB
Vapour pressure of the pure solvent = P°A
Vapour pressure of solution = P
As the solute is nonvolatile, the vapour pressure of the solution is only due to the solvent. Therefore, the vapour pressure of the solution (P) will be equal to the vapour pressure of the solvent (PA) over the solution.
i.e., P = PA
According to Raoult’s law, the vapour pressure of solvent over the solution is equal to the product or its vapour pressure in a pure state and its mole fraction.
PA = P°A xA or
P = P°A xA

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 35.
What is molal depression constant? Does it depend on nature of the solute?
Answer:
If m = 1 then ∆Tf = Kf
“Then Kf is equal to the depression in freezing point for 1 molal solution”. No, it does not depends on nature of the solute.

Question 36.
What is osmosis?
Answer:
“The phenomenon of the flow of solvent through a semipermeable membrane from pure solvent to the solution is called osmosis”. Osmosis can also be defined as “the excess pressure which must be applied to a solution to prevent the passage of solvent into it through the semipermeable membrane”. Osmotic pressure is the pressure applied to the solution to prevent osmosis.

Question 37.
Define the term ‘isotonic solution’.
Answer:
Two solutions having same osmotic pressure at a given temperature are called isotonic solutions.

Question 38.
You are provided with a solid. ‘A’ and three solutions of A dissolved in water – one saturated, one unsaturated, and one supersaturated. How would you determine which solution is which?
Answer:
(A) Unsaturated solution:
It can dissolve salt an additional to it.
(B) Saturated solution:
Further solubility of salt does not takes place but solubility can takes place on heating.
(c) Supersaturated solution:
Solubility of salt do not takes place on even an further heating.

Question 39.
Explain the effect of pressure on the solubility.
Answer:
Generally, the change in pressure does not have any significant effect in the solubility of solids and liquids as they are not compressible. However, the solubility of gases generally increases with increase of pressure.

Consider a saturated solution of a gaseous solute dissolved in a liquid solvent in a closed container. In such a system, the following equilibrium exists.
Gas                      ⇌     Gas
(in gaseous state) (in solution)

According to Le-Chatelier principle, the increase in pressure will shift the equilibrium in the direction which will reduce the pressure. Therefore, more number of gaseous molecules dissolves in the solvent and the solubility increases.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 40.
A sample of 12 M Concentrated hydrochloric acid has a density 1.2 M gL-1 calculate the molality.
Solution:
Given:
Molarity = 12 M HCl
density of solution = 1.2 g L-1
In 12 M HCl solution, there are 12 moles of HCl in 1 litre of the solution.
Molality = \(\frac{\text { no of moles of solute }}{\text { mass of solvent (in } \mathrm{kg} \text { ) }}\)
Calculate mass of water(solvent)
mass of 1 litre HCl solution = density × volume
= 1.2 × gmL-1 × 1000 mL = 1200 g
mass of HCl = no. of moles of HCl × molar mass of HCl
= 12 mol × 36.5 g mol-1
= 438 g.
mass of water = mass of HCl solution – mass of HCl
mass of water = 1200 – 438 = 762 g
molality(m) = \(\frac{12}{0.762}\) = 15.75 m

Question 41.
A 0.25 M glucose solution, at 370.28 K has approximately the pressure as blood does what is the osmotic pressure of blood?
Solution:
C = 0.25 M
T = 370.28 K
(π)glucose = CRT
(π) = 0.25 mol L-1 × 0.082L atm K-1mol-1 × 370.28K
= 7.59 atm

Question 42.
Calculate the molality of a solution containing 7.5 g glycine(NH2-CH2-COOH) dissolved in 500g of water.
Solution:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 1

Question 43.
Which solution has the lower freezing point? 10 g of methanol (CH3OH) in 100g g of water (or) 20 g of ethanol (C2H5OH) in 200 g of water.
Solution:
∆Tf = Kf i.e
∆Tf α m
mCH3-OH = \(\frac{\left(\frac{10}{32}\right)}{0.1}\)
= 3.125 m

mC2H5-OH = \(\frac{\left(\frac{20}{46}\right)}{0.2}\)
= 2.174 m

∴ Depression in freezing point is more in methanol solution and it will have lower freezing point.

Question 44.
How many moles of solute particles are present in one liter of 10-4 M potassium sulphate?
Answer:
In 10-4 M K2SO4 solution, there are 10-4 moles of potassium sulphate.
K2SO4 molecule contains 3 ions (2K+ and 1 SO42-)
1 mole of K2SO4 molecule contains 3 × 6.023 × 1023 ions
10-4 mole of K2SO4 contains 3 × 6.023 × 1023 × 10-4 ions
= 18. 069 × 1019

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 45.
Henry’s law constant for solubility of methane in benzene is 4.2 × 10-5 mm Hg at a particular constant temperature. At this temperature calculate the solubility of methane at
i) 750 mm Hg
ii) 840 mm Hg.
Solution:
(KH)benzene = 4.2 × 10-5 mm
Solubility of methane =?
P = 750 mm Hg P = 840 mm Hg
According to Henrys Law,
P = KH Xin solution
750 mm Hg = 4.2 × 10-5 mm Hg. Xin solution
⇒ Xin solution = \(\frac{750}{4.2 \times 10^{-5}}\)

i. e solubility = 178. 5 × 105
similarly at P = 840 mm Hg
solubility = \(\frac{840}{4.2 \times 10^{-5}}\) = 200 × 10-5

Question 46.
The observed depression in freezing point of water for a particular solution is 0.093°C calculate the concentration of the solution in molality. Given that molal depression constant for water is 1.86 K Kg mol-1.
Solution:
∆Tf = 0.093°C = 0.093 K, m = ?
Kf = 1.86 K Kg mol-1
∆Tf = Kf.m
∴ m = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{T}_{\mathrm{f}}}{\mathrm{K}_{\mathrm{f}}}=\frac{0.093 \mathrm{~K}}{1.86 \mathrm{~K} \mathrm{Kg} \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}\)
= 0.05 mol Kg-1 = 0.05 m

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 47.
The vapour pressure of pure benzene (C6H6) at a given temperature is 640 mm Hg. 2.2 g of non – volatile solute is added to 40 g of benzene. The vapour pressure of the solution is 600 mm Hg. Calculate the molar mass of the solute?
Solution:
P°C6H6 = 640 mm Hg
W2 = 2.2 g (non volatile solute)
W1 = 40 g (benzene)
Psolution = 600 mm Hg
M2 =?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 2

11th Chemistry Guide Solutions Additional Questions and Answers

I. Choose the best answer:

Question 1.
6.02 × 1020 molecules of urea ate present in 200 ml of its solution, The concentration of urea solution is (N0 = 6.02 × 1023 mol-1)
a) 0.001 M
b) 0.01M
c) 0.02 M
d) 0.10 M
Answer:
c) 0.02 M

Question 2.
Calculate the molarity and normality of a solution containing 0.5 g of NaOH dissolved in 500 ml solution
a) 0.0025 M, 0.025 N
b) 0.025 M, 0.025 N
c) 0.25 M, 0.25 N
d) 0.025M, 0.0025 N
Answer:
b) 0.025 M, 0.025 N

Question 3.
5 ml of N HCl, 20 ml of N/2 H2SO4 and 30 ml of N/3 HNO3 are mixed together and volume made to one liter. The normality of the resulting solution is
a) \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{40}\)

b) \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{10}\)

c) \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{20}\)

d) \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{5}\)
Answer:
a) \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{40}\)

Question 4.
At 25°C, the density of 15 M H2SO4 is 1.8 g cm-3. Thus, mass percentage of H2SO4 in aqueous solution is
a) 2%
b) 81.6%
c) 18%
d) 1.8%
Answer:
b) 81.6%

Question 5.
Mole fraction of C3H5(OH)3 in a solution of 36 g of water and 46 g of glycerine is :
a) 0.46
b) 0.36
c) 0.20
d) 0.40
Answer:
c) 0.20

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 6.
The molality of a urea solution in which 0.0100 g of urea, [(NH2)2CO] is added to 0.3000 dm3 of water at STP is
a) 0.555 m
b) 5.55 × 10-4
c) 33.3 m
d) 3.33 × 10-2 m
Answer:
b) 5.55 × 10-4

Question 7.
15 grams of methyl alcohol is dissolved in 35 grams of water. What is the mass percentage of methyl alcohol in solution?
a) 30%
b) 50%
c) 70%
d) 75%
Answer:
a) 30%

Question 8.
A 3.5 molal aqueous solution of methyl alcohol (CH3OH) is supplied. What is the mole fraction of methyl alcohol in the solution?
a) 0.100
b) 0.059
c) 0.086
d) 0.050
Answer:
b) 0.059

Question 9.
In which mode of expression of concentration of a solution remains independent of temperature?
a) Molarity
b) Normality
c) Formality
d) Molality
Answer:
d) Molality

Question 10.
Calculate the molarity of pure water (d = 1 g/L)
a) 555 M
b) 5.55 M
c) 55. 5 M
d) None
Answer:
c) 55. 5 M

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 11.
Calculate the quantity of sodium carbonate (anhydrous) required to prepare 250 ml solution
a) 2.65 grams
b) 4.95 grams
c) 6.25 grams
d) None of these
Answer:
a) 2.65 grams

Question 12.
Find the molality of H2SO4 solution whose specific gravity is 1.98 g ml-1 and 95 % by volume H2SO4
a) 7.412
b) 8.412
c) 9.412
d) 10.412
Answer:
c) 9.412

Question 13.
Calculate molality of 1 liter solution of 93 % H2SO4 by volume. The density of solution is 1.84 g ml-1
a) 9.42
b) 10.42
c) 11.42
d) 12.42
Answer:
b) 10.42

Question 14.
Calculate the molality and mole fraction of the solute in aqueous solution containing 3.0 g of urea per 250 gm of water (Mol.wt. of urea = 60).
a) 0.2 m, 0.00357
b) 0.4 m, 0.00357
c) 0.5 m, 0.00357
d) 0.7 m, 0.00357
Answer:
a) 0.2 m, 0.00357

Question 15.
Calculate normality of the mixture obtained by mixing 100 ml of 0.1 N HCl and 50 ml of 0.25 N NaOH solution.
a) 0.0467 N
b) 0.0367 N
c) 0.0267 N
d) 0.0167 N
Answer:
d) 0.0167 N

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 16.
300 ml 0.1 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.03 M H2SO4 are mixed. Calculate the normality of the resulting mixture
a) 0.084 N
b) 0.84 N
c) 2.04 N
d) 2.84 N
Answer:
a) 0.084 N

Question 17.
What weight of oxalic acid (H2C2O4.2H2O) is required to prepare, 1000mL of N/10 solution?
a) 9.0 g
b) 12.6 g
c) 6.3 g
d) 4.5 g
Answer:
c) 6.3 g

Question 18.
Which of the following units is useful in relating concentration of solution with its vapour pressure?
a) Mole fraction
b) Parts per million
c) Mass percentage
d) Molality
Answer:
a) Mole fraction

Question 19.
The pressure under which liquid and vapour can co-exist at equilibrium is called the
a) Limiting vapour pressure
b) Real vapour pressure
c) Normal vapour pressure
d) Saturated vapour pressure
Answer:
b) Real vapour pressure

Question 20.
CO(g) is dissolved in H2O at 30°C and 0.020 atm. Henry’s law constant for this system is 6.20 × 104 atm. Thus, mole fraction of CO(g) is
a) 1.72 × 10-7
b) 3.22 × 10-7
c) 0.99
d) 0.01
Answer:
b) 3.22 × 10-7

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 21.
H2S gas is used in qualitative analysis of inorganic cations. Its solubility in water at STP is 0.195 mol kg-1. Thus, Henry’s law constant ( in atm raolaT1) for H2S is
a) 2.628 × 10-4
b) 5.128
c) 0.185
d) 3.826 × 103
Answer:
b) 5.128

Question 22.
Which of the following is correct for a solution showing positive deviations from Raoult’s law?
a) ∆V = +ve, ∆H = + ve
b) ∆V = -ve, ∆H = – ve
c) ∆V = + ve, ∆H = -ve
d) ∆V = – ve, ∆H = +ve
Answer:
a) ∆V = +ve, ∆H = + ve

Question 23.
If liquids A and B form an ideal solution
a) The entropy of mixing is zero
b) The Gibbs free energy is zero
c) The Gibbs free energy as well as the entropy of mixing are each zero
d) The enthalpy of mixing is zero
Answer:
d) The enthalpy of mixing is zero

Question 24.
Water and ethanol form non – ideal solution with positive deviation from Raoult’s law. This solution, will have vapour pressure
a) equal to vapour pressure of pure water
b) less than vapour pressure of pure water
c) more than vapour pressure of pure water
d) less than vapour pressure of pure ethanol
Answer:
c) more than vapour pressure of pure water

Question 25.
Which of the following is less than zero for ideal solutions?
a) ∆Hmix
b) ∆V
c) ∆Gmix
d) ∆Smix
Answer:
c) ∆Gmix

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 26.
Which of the following shows negative deviation from Raoult’s law?
a) CHCl3 and CH3COCH3
b) CHCl3 and C2H5OH
c) C6H5CH3 and C6H6
d) C6H6 and CCl4
Answer:
a) CHCl3 and CH3COCH3

Question 27.
Given at 350 K, P°A = 300 torr and P°B = 800 torr, the composition of the mixture having a normal boiling point of 350 K is :
a) XA = 0.08
b) XA = 0.06
c) XA = 0.04
d) XA = 0.02
Answer:
a) XA = 0.08

Question 28.
In mixture A and B, components show – ve deviation as :
a) ∆Vmix is + ve
b) A – B interaction is weaker than A – A and B – B interaction
c) ∆Hmix is + ve
d) A – B interaction is stronger than A – A and B – B interaction
Answer:
d) A – B interaction is stronger than A – A and B – B interaction

Question 29.
If liquid A and B form ideal solution, then:
a) ∆Vmix is = 0
b) ∆Vmix = 0
c) ∆Gmix =0, ∆Smix = 0
d) ∆Smix = 0
Answer:
b) ∆Vmix = 0

Question 30.
Which liquid pair shows a positive deviation from Raoult’s law ?
a) Acetone – chloroform
b) Benzene – methanol
c) Water – nitric acid
d) Water – hydrochloric acid
Answer:
b) Benzene – methanol

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 31.
For A and B to form an ideal solution which of the following conditions should be satisfied ?
a) ∆Hmixing =0
b) ∆Vmixing =0
c) ∆Smixing =0
d) All three conditions mentioned above
Answer:
d) All three conditions mentioned above

Question 32.
Two liquids are mixed together to form a mixture which boils at same temperature, and their boiling point is higher than the boiling point of either of them so they shows.
a) no deviation from Raoult’s law
b) positive, deviation from Raoult’s law
c) negative-deviation from Raoult’s law
d) positive or negative deviation from Raoult’s law depending upon the composition
Answer:
c) negative-deviation from Raoult’s law

Question 33.
Molal elevation constant of liquid is:
a) the elevation in b.p. which would be produced by dissolving one mole of solute in 1oo g of solvent
b) the elevation of b.p. which would be produced by dissolving 1 mole solute in 10 g of solvent
c) elevation in b.p. which would be produced by dissolving 1 mole of solute in 1000g of solvent
d) none of the above
Answer:
c) elevation in b.p. which would be produced by dissolving 1 mole of solute in 1000g of solvent

Question 34.
The vapour pressure of pure liquid solvent is 0.50 atm. When a non – volatile solute B is added to the solvent, its vapour pressure drops to 0.30 atm. Thus, mole fraction of the component B is
a) 0.6
b) 0.25
c) 0.45
d) 0.75
Answer:
a) 0.6

Question 35.
The mass of a non – volatile solute (molecular mass = 40) which should be dissolved in 114 g octane to reduce its vapour pressure to 80 % will be
a) 20 g
b) 30 g
c) 10 g
d) 40 g
Answer:
c) 10 g

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 36.
The vapour pressure of pure liquid solvent A is 0.80 atm. When a non – volatile substance B is added to the solvent, its vapour pressure drops to 0.60 atm. Mole fraction of the component B in the solution is:
a) 0.50
b) 0.25
c) 0.75
d) 0.40
Answer:
b) 0.25

Question 37.
18 g of glucose (C6H12O6) is added to 178.2 g of water. The vapour pressure of water for this aqueous solution at 100°C is :
a) 752.40 torr
b) 759.00 torr
c) 7.60 torr
d) 76.00 torr
Answer:
a) 752.40 torr

Question 38.
Calculate the vapour pressure of a solution at 100°C containing 3 g of cane sugar in 33 g of water, (at wt. C = 12, H = 1, O = 16)
a) 760 mm
b) 756.90 mm
c) 758.30 mm
d) None of these
Answer:
b) 756.90 mm

Question 39.
Lowering of vapour pressure due to a solute in 1 molal aqueous solution at 100°C is
a) 13.44 mm Hg
b) 14.12 mm Hg
c) 31.2 mm Hg
d) 35.2 mm Hg
Answer:
a) 13.44 mm Hg

Question 40.
The vapour pressure of a dilute aqueous solution of glucose is 750 mm Hg at 373 K. The mole fraction of the solute is
a) \(\frac{1}{76}\)

b) \(\frac{1}{7.6}\)

c) \(\frac{1}{38}\)

d) \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:
a) \(\frac{1}{76}\)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 41.
When 3 g of a nonvolatile solute is dissolved in 50 g of water, the relative lowering of vapour pressure observed is 0.018 Nm-2. Molecular weight of the substance is
a) 60
b) 30
c) 40
d) 120
Answer:
a) 60

Question 42.
Elevation in boiling point of a molar (1M) glucose solution (d = 1.2 gmL-1) is
a) 1.34 Kb
b) 0.98 Kb
c) 2.40 Kb
d) Kb
Answer:
b) 0.98 Kb

Question 43.
Given, H2O (l) ⇌ H2O (g) at 373 K, ∆H° = 8.31 kcal mol-1. Thus, boiling point of 0.1 molal sucrose solution is
a) 373. 52 K
b) 373.052 K
c) 373.06 K
d) 374.52 K
Answer:
c) 373.06 K

Question 44.
A solution of 0.450 g of urea (mol. Wt. 60) in 22.5 g of water showed 0.170°C of elevation in boiling point. Calculate the molal elevation constant of water.
a) 0.17°C
b) 0.45°C
c) 0.51°C
d) 0.30°C
Answer:
c) 0.51°C

Question 45.
At higher altitudes, water boils at temperature < 100°C because
a) temperature of higher altitudes is low
b) atmospheric pressure is low
c) the proportion of heavy water increases
d) atmospheric pressure becomes more
Answer:
b) atmospheric pressure is low

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 46.
Which aqueous solution exhibits highest boiling point?
a) 0.015 M glucose
b) 0.01 M KNO3
c) 0.015 M urea
d) 0.01 M Na2SO4
Answer:
d) 0.01 M Na2SO4

Question 47.
A solution of urea in water has boiling point of 100.15°C. Calculate the freezing point of the same solution if Kf and Kb for water are 1.87 K kg mol-1 and 0.52 K kg mol-1 respectively
a) – 0.54°C
b) – 0.44°C
c) – 0.64°C
d) – 0.34°C
Answer:
a) – 0.54°C

Question 48.
Which will have largest ∆Tb?
a) 180 g glucose in 1 kg water
b) 342 g sucrose in 1,000 g water
c) 18 g glucose in 100 g water
d) 65 g urea in 1kg water
Answer:
d) 65 g urea in 1kg water

Question 49.
An aqueous solution of glucose boils at 100.01°C. The molal elevation constant for water is 0.5 K mol-1 kg. The number of molecules of glucose in the solution containing 100 g of water is
a) 6.023 × 1023
b) 12.046 × 1022
c) 12.046 × 1020
d) 12.046 × 1023
Answer:
c) 12.046 × 1020

Question 50.
The latent heat of vaporization of water is 9700 cal/mole and if the b.p. is 100°C, ebullioscopic constant of water is
a) 0.513°C
b) 1.026°C
c.) 10.26°C
d) 1.832°C
Answer:
a) 0.513°C

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 51.
If for a sucrose solution elevation in boiling point is 0.1 °C then what will be the boiling point of NaCl solution for same molal concentration
a) 0.1°
b) 0.2°C
c) 0.08°C
d) 0.01°C
Answer:
b) 0.2°C

Question 52.
The molal boiling point constant for water is 0.513°C kg mol-1. When 0.1 mole of sugar is dissolved in 200 ml of water, the solution boils under a pressure of one atmosphere at
a) 100.513°C
b) 100.0513°C
c) 100.256°C
d) 101.025°C
Answer:
c) 100.256°C

Question 53.
The boiling point of 0.1 m K4[Fe(CN)6] is expected to be (Kb for water = 0.52 K kg mol’1)
a) 100.52°C
b) 100.10°C
c) 100.26°C
d) 102.6°C
Answer:
c) 100.26°C

Question 54.
The value of Kf for the water is 1.86K Kg mole-1, calculated from glucose solution. The value of Kf for water calculated for NaCl solution will be :
a) = 1.86
b) < 1.86
c) > 1.86
d) zero
Answer:
a) = 1.86

Question 55.
The amount of urea to be dissolved in 500 cc of water (Kf = 1.86) to produce a depression of 0.186°C in the freezing point is :
a) 9 g
b) 6 g
c) 3 g
d) 0.3 g
Answer:
c) 3 g

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 56.
Freezing point of an aqueous solution is – 0.186°C. Elevation of boiling point of the same solution is if Kb = 0.512 K molality-1 and Kf= 1.86 K molality-1
a) 0.186°C
b) 0.0512°C
c) 0.092°C
d) 0.237°C
Answer:
b) 0.0512°C

Question 57.
What should be the freezing point of aqueous solution containing 17 g of C2H5OH in 1000 g of water (Kf for water = 1.86 deg kg mol-1)?
a) – 0.69°C
b) 0.34°C
c) 0.0°C
d) – 0.34°C
Answer:
a) – 0.69°C

Question 58.
The freezing point of equimolal aqueous solution will be highest for:
a) C6H5NH3Cl
b) Ca(NO3)2
c) La(NO3)2
d) C6H12O6
Answer:
d) C6H12O6

Question 59.
Cryoscopic constant of a liquid
a) is the decrease in freezing point when 1 g of solute is dissolved per kg of the solvent
b) is the decrease in the freezing point when 1 mole of solute is dissolved per kg of the solvent
c) is the elevation for 1 molar solution
d) is a factor used for calculation of depression in freezing point
Answer:
b) is the decrease in the freezing point when 1 mole of solute is dissolved per kg of the solvent

Question 60.
Which of the following solution will have highest freezing point?
a) 2 M NaCl solution
b) 1.5 M AlCl3 solution
c) 1 M Al2(SO4)3 solution
d) 3 M Urea solution
Answer:
d) 3 M Urea solution

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 61.
0.48 g of a substance is dissolved in 10.6 g of C6H6. The freezing point of benzene is lowered by 1.8°C. what will be the mol.wt. of the substance (Kf for benzene = 5)
a) 250.2
b) 90.8
c) 125.79
d) 102.5
Answer:
c) 125.79

Question 62.
Which of the following aqueous molal solution have highest freezing point?
a) Urea
b) Barium chloride
c) Potassium bromide
d) Aluminium sulphate
Answer:
a) Urea

Question 63.
What weight of NaCl is added to one liter of water so that ∆Tf/Kf = 1?
a) 5.85 g
b) 0.585 g
c) 0.0585 g
d) 0.0855 g
Answer:
c) 0.0585 g

Question 64.
A solution of glucose (C6H12O6) is isotonic With 4 g of urea (NH2 – CO – NH2) per liter of solution. The concentration of glucose is :
a) 4 g/L
b) 8 g/L
c) 12 g/L
d) 14 g/L
Answer:
c) 12 g/L

Question 65.
A 5% solution of cane sugar (molar mass = 342) is isotonic with 1% of a solution of unknown solute. The molar mass of unknown solute in g/mol is
a) 136.2
b) 171.2
c) 68.4
d) 34.2
Answer:
c) 68.4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 66.
The weight of urea dissolved in 100 ml solution which produce an osmotic pressure of 20.4 atm, will be
a) 5 g
b) 4 g
c) 3 g
d) 6 g
Answer:
a) 5 g

Question 67.
In the phenomenon of osmosis, the membrane allow passage of _________.
a) Solute only
b) Solvent only
c) Both solute and solvent
d) None of these
Answer:
b) Solvent only

Question 68.
A 5.8% (wt./vol.) NaCl solution will exert an osmotic pressure closest to which one of the following:
a) 5.8% (wt./vol.) sucrose solution
b) 5.8% (wt./vol.) glucose solution
c) 2 molal sucrose solution
d) 1 molal glucose solution
Answer:
c) 2 molal sucrose solution

Question 69.
Osmotic pressure of a sugar solution at 24°C is 2.5 atmospheres. Determine the concentration of the solution in gram mole per liter.
a) 0.0821 moles/liter
b) 1.082 moles/liter
c) 0.1025 moles/liter
d) 0.0827moles/liter
Answer:
c) 0.1025 moles/liter

Question 70.
What is the freezing point of a solution that contains 10.0g of glucose C6H12O6 in 100 g of H2O? Kf = 1.86° C/m.
a) – 0.186°C
b) + 0.186°C
c) – 0.10°C
d) – 1.03°C
Answer:
d) – 1.03°C

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 71.
The order of osmotic pressure of equimolar solutions of BaCl2, NaCl and glucose will be:
a) BaCl2 > NaCl > glucose
b) NaCl > BaCl2 > glucose
c) glucose > BaCl2 > NaCl
d) glucose > NaCl > BaCl2
Answer:
a) BaCl2 > NaCl > glucose

Question 72.
The wt. of urea dissolved in 100 ml solution which produce an osmotic pressure of 20.4 atm, will be
a) 5 g
b) 4 g
c) 3 g
d) 6 g
Answer:
a) 5 g

Question 73.
A compound MX2 has observed and normal molar masses 65.6 and 164 respectively. Calculate the apparent degree of ionization of MX2:
a) 75%
b) 85%
c) 65%
d) 25%
Answer:
a) 75%

Question 74.
The freezing point of 0.2 molal K2SO4 is – 1.1°C. Calculate van’t Hoff facor and percentage degree of dissociation of K2SO4. Kf for water is 1.86°
a) 97.5
b) 90.75
c) 105.5
d) 85.75
Answer:
a) 97.5

Question 75.
For 0.1M solution, the colligative property will follow the order
a) NaCl > Na2SO4 > Na3PO4
b) NaCl > Na2SO4 ≈ Na3PO4
c) NaCl < Na2SO4 < Na3PO4
d) NaCl < Na2SO4 = Na3PO4
Answer:
c) NaCl < Na2SO4 < Na3PO4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 76.
PH of a 0.1M monobasic acid is found to be 2. Hence its osmotic pressure at a given temp. T K is
a) 0.1 RT
b) 0.11 RT
c) 1.1 RT
d) 0.01 RT
Answer:
b) 0.11 RT

Question 77.
Which has the highest boiling point?
a) 0.1 m Na2SO4
b) 0.1 m Al(NO3)3
c) 0.1 m MgCl2
d) 0.1 m C6H12O6 (glucose)
Answer:
b) 0.1 m Al(NO3)3

Question 78.
Aluminium phosphate is 100% ionized in 0.01 molal aqueous solution. Hence ∆Tb/ Kb is:
a) 0.01
b) 0.015
c) 0.0175
d) 0.02
Answer:
d) 0.02

Question 79.
1.0 molal aqueous solution of an electrolyte X3Y2 is 25% ionized. The boiling point of the solution is (Kb for H2O = 0.52 K kg/mol)
a) 373.5 K
b) 374.04 K
c) 377.12 K
d) 373.25 K
Answer:
b) 374.04 K

Question 80.
The freezing point of 0,05 m solutions of a non – electrolyte in water is
a) -1.86 °C
b) -0.93°C
c)-0.093°C
d) 0.93°C
Answer:
c)-0.093°C

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 81.
For an ideal solution containing a non – volatile solute, which of the following expression is correctly represented?
a) ∆Tb = Kb × m
b) ∆Tb = Kb × M
c) ∆Tb = Kb × 2m
d) ∆Tb = Kb × 2M
Where m is the molality of the solution and Kb is molal elevation constant.
Answer:
a) ∆Tb = Kb × m

Question 82.
If 5.85 g of NaCl are dissolved in 90 g of water, the mole fraction of NaCl is
a) 0.1
b) 0.2
c) 0.3
d) 0.0196
Answer:
d) 0.0196

Question 83.
What will be the molarity of a solution containing 5g of sodium hydroxide in 250 ml solution?
a) 0.5
b) 1.0
c) 2.0
d) 0.1
Answer:
a) 0.5

Question 84.
If 5.85 g of NaCl (molecular weight 58.5) is dissolved in water and the solution is made up to 0.5 liter, the molarity of the solution will be
a) 0.2
b) 0.4
c) 1.0
d) 0.1
Answer:
a) 0.2

Question 85.
To prepare a solution of concentration of 0.03 g/ml of AgNO3, what amount of AgNO3 should be added in 60ml of solution
a) 1.8
b) 0.8
c) 0.18
d) None of these
Answer:
a) 1.8

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 86.
How many g of dibasic acid (mol.wt. 200) should be present in 100ml of its aqueous solution to give decinormal strength?
a) 1 g
b) 2 g
c) 10 g
d) 20 g
Answer:
a) 1 g

Question 87.
The molarity of a solution of Na2CO3 having 10.6 g/500 ml of solution is
a) 0.2 M
b) 2 M
c) 20 M
d) 0.02 M
Answer:
a) 0.2 M

Question 88.
Molecular weight of glucose is 180, A solution of glucose which contains 18 g per liter is
a) 2 molal
b) 1 molal
c) 0.1 molal
d) 18 molal
Answer:
c) 0.1 molal

Question 89.
0.5 M of H2SO4 is diluted from lliter to 10 liters, normality of resulting solution is
a) 1 N
b) 0.1 N
c) 10 N
d) 11 N
Answer:
b) 0.1 N

Question 90.
An aqueous solution of glucose is 10% in strength. The volume in which 1 g mole of it is dissolved will be
a) 18 liters
b) 9 liters
c) 0.9 liters
d) 1.8 liters
Answer:
d) 1.8 liters

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 91.
When 1.80 g glucose dissolved in 90 g of H2O, the mole fraction of glucose is
a) 0.00399
b) 0.00199
c) 0.0199
d) 0.998
Answer:
b) 0.00199

Question 92.
A 5 molar solution of H2SO4 is diluted from 1 liter to 10 liters. What is the normality of the solution?
a) 0.25 N
b) 1 N
c) 2N
d) 7 N
Answer:
b) 1 N

Question 93.
Normality of 2 M sulphuric acid is
a) 2 N
b) 4 N
c) N/2
d) N/4
Answer:
b) 4 N

Question 94.
What is the molarity of H2SO4 solution, that has a density 1.84 g/cc at 35°C and Contains solute 98% by weight
a) 4.18 M
b) 8.14 M
c) 18.4 M
d) 18 M
Answer:
c) 18.4 M

Question 95.
Which of the following is a colligative property?
a) Osmotic pressure
b) Boiling point
c) Vapour pressure
d) Freezing point
Answer:
a) Osmotic pressure

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 96.
The vapour pressure of benzene at a certain temperature is 640 mm of Eg. A non – volatile and non – electrolyte solid weighing 2.175 g is added to 39.08 g of benzene. The vapour pressure of the solution is 600 mm of Hg. What is the molecular weight of solid substance?
a) 49.50
b) 59.6
c) 69.5
d) 79.8
Answer:
c) 69.5

Question 97.
The average osmotic pressure of human blood is 7.8 bar at 37°C. What is the concentration of an aqueous NaCl solution that could be used in the Mood stream?
a) 0.16 mol/L
b) 0.32 mol/L
c) 0.60 mol/L
d) 0.45 mol/L
Answer:
b) 0.32 mol/L

Question 98.
The osmotic pressure in atmospheres of 10% solution of cane sugar at 69°C is
a) 724
b) 824
c) 8.21
d) 7.21
Answer:
c) 8.21

Question 99.
The molal boiling point constant for water is 0.513°C kg mol-1. When 0.1 mole of sugar is dissolved in 200 ml of water, the solution boils under a pressure of one atmosphere at
a) 100.513°C
b) 100.0513°C
c) 100.256°C
d) 101.025°C
Answer:
c) 100.256°C

Question 100.
The freezing point of a solution prepared from 1.25 g of a non – electrolyte and 20 g of water is 271.9 K. If molar depression constant is 1.8 K mole-1 then molar mass of the solute will be
a) 105.7
b) 106.7
c) 115.3
d) 93.9
Answer:
a) 105.7

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 101.
Osmotic pressure of 0.1 M solution of NaCl and Na2SO4 will be
a) same
b) osmotic pressure of NaCl solution will be more than Na2SO4 solution
c) osmotic pressure of Na2SO4 solution will be more than NaCl
d) osmotic pressure of NaSO4 will be less than that of NaCl solution
Answer:
c) osmotic pressure of Na2SO4 solution will be more than NaCl

Question 102.
At 25 °C the highest osmotic pressure is exhibited by 0.1 M solution of
a) CaCl2
b) KCl
c) Glucose
d) Urea
Answer:
a) CaCl2

Question 103.
Azeotropic mixture of HCl and water has
a) 84% HCl
b) 22.2% HCl
c) 63 % HCl
d) 20.2 HCl
Answer:
d) 20.2 HCl

Question 104.
The boiling point of water (100°C) becomes 100.25°C, if 3 grams of a nonvolatile solute is dissolved in 200 ml of water. The molecular weight of solute is (Kb for water is 0.6 K Kg mol-1)
a) 12.2 g mol-1
b) 15.4 g mol
c) 17.3 g mol-1
d) 20.4 g mol
Answer:
c) 17.3 g mol-1

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

II. Very short question and answer(2 Marks):

Question 1.
Define solution.
Answer:
A solution is homogeneous mixture of two or more substances, consisting of atom, ions or molecules. The constituent of the homogeneous mixture present in a lower amount is called the solute, and the one present in larger amount is called the solvent. For example, when a small amount of NaCl dissolved in water.

Question 2.
What is saturated solution?
Answer:
A saturated solution is one that contains the maximum amount of a solute that can dissolve in a solvent at a specific temperature.
For example, the solubility of NaCl in 100 g of water at 20°C is 36 g but at other temperatures, or in other solvents, is different.

Question 3.
What is unsaturated solution?
Answer:
An unsaturated solution is the one that contains less amount of solute than its capacity to dissolve.

Question 4.
What is Supersaturated solution?
Answer:
A super saturated solution is one that contains more dissolved solute than the saturated solution. It is generally not stable and eventually the dissolved solute will separate as crystals.

Question 5.
What is mass percentage?
Answer:
The mass percentage of a component in a solution is the mass of the component present in 100 g of the solution.
Mass percentage of component = \(\frac{\text { Mass of the component in the solution } \times 100}{\text { Total mass of the solution }}\)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 6.
What is parts per million (ppm)?
Answer:
If the amount of solute in solution is very much less, then the concentration is expressed as parts per million (ppm).
Parts per million (ppm) = \(\frac{\text { Mass of the solute }(\mathrm{mg})}{\text { Mass of the solvent }} \times 10^{6}\)

Question 7.
What is Molarity?
Answer:
Molarity (symbol M) is defined as the number of moles of solute present in a liter of solution. The units of molarity are moles per liter (mol L-1) or moles per cubic decimeter (mol dm-3)
Molarity(m) = \(\frac{\text { Number of ntoles of solute }}{\text { Volume of solution in liter }}\)

Question 8.
What is Non – ideal solution?
Answer:
The solutions which do not obey Raoult’s law over the entire range of concentration, are called non – ideal solutions. For a non – ideal solution, there is a change in the volume and enthalpy upon mixing, i.e.
∆Hmixing ≠ 0 & ∆Vmixing ≠ 0.

Question 9.
State Raoult’s law.
Answer:
According to Raoult’s law, the vapor pressure of solvent over the solution is equal to the product of its vapor pressure in pure state and its mole fraction.
PA = P°A XA or
P = P°AXA

Question 10.
Define boiling point.
Answer:
The boiling point of a liquid is the temperature at which its vapour pressure becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure (1 atm).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 11.
Define freezing point.
Answer:
Freezing point is defined as “the temperature at which the solid and the liquid states of the substance have the same vapour pressure”.

Question 12.
What is Osmotic pressure?
Answer:
Osmotic pressure can be defined as “the pressure that must be applied to the solution to stop the influx of the solvent (to stop osmosis) through the semi permeable membrane”.

Question 13.
State Dalton’s law.
Answer:
According to Dalton’s law of partial pressure the total pressure in a closed vessel will be equal to the sum of the partial pressures of the individual components.

Question 14.
What is elevation of boiling point? Give it.
Answer:
The temperature difference between the solution and pure solvent is called elevation of boiling point,
∆Tb = T – T°
Unit of ∆Tb is K Kg mole-1.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

III. Short Question and answers(3 Marks):

Question 1.
What is mole fraction?
Answer:
Mole fraction, x, of solute is defined as the ratio of the number of moles of the components divided by the total number of the moles of all the component present in the solution.
Mole fraction of the solute xsolvent = \(\frac{\text { Moles of the component }}{\text { total number of moles of all the component in solution }}\)

Question 2.
What is volume percentage?
Answer:
It is defined as the volume of the component present in 100mL of the solution. If Va is a volume of solute and Vb is volume of solvent, then
Vollume percentage of solute = \(\frac{V_{a} \times 100}{V_{a}+V_{b}}\)

Question 3.
What are the advantages of using standard solution?
Answer:

  1. The error due to weighing the solute can be minimized by using concentrated stock solution that requires large quantity of solute.
  2. We can prepare working standards of different concentrations by diluting the stock solution, which is more efficient since consistency is maintained.
  3. Some of the concentrated solutions are more stable and are less likely to support microbial growth than working standards used in the experiments.

Question 4.
Limitations of Henry’s law.
Answer:
Henry’s law is applicable at moderate temperature and pressure only. Only the less soluble gases obeys Henry’s law. The gases reacting with the solvent do not obey Henry’s law.
Example:
Ammonia or HCl reacts with water and hence does not obey this law.
NH3 + H2O ⇌ NH4+ + OH

Question 5.
What is Van’t Hoff factor?
Answer:
It is defined as the ratio of the actual molar mass to the abnormal (calculated) molar mass of the solute. Here, the abnormal molar mass is the molar mass calculated using the experimentally determined colligative property.
i = \(\frac{\text { Normal (actual) molar mass }}{\text { obseved (abnormal) molar mass }}\)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 6.
What is ideal solution?
Answer:
An ideal solution is a solution in which each component i.e. the solute as well as the solvent obeys the Raoult’s law over the entire range of concentration.
For an ideal solution,

  1. There is no change in the volume on mixing the two components (solute & solvents) (∆Vmixing =0).
  2. There is no exchange of heat when the solute is dissolved in solvent (∆Hmixing =0).
  3. escaping tendency of the solute and the solvent present in it should be same as in pure liquids.
    Example:
    benzene & toluene; h-hexane & n-heptane; ethyl bromide & ethyl iodide; chlorobenzene & bromobenzene.

Question 7.
What are colligative properties?
Answer:
“ The properties of the solutions which depend only on the number of solute particles but not on the nature of the solute are called colligative properties”. The following four colligative properties are very important.

  1. Relative lowering of vapor pressure (∆P)
  2. Elevation of boiling point (∆Tb)
  3. Depression of freezing point (∆Tb)
  4. Osmotic pressure (π)

Question 8.
What are the significances of Osmotic pressure?
Answer:
Unlike elevation of boiling point (for 1 molal solution the elevation in boiling point is 0.512°C for water) and the depression in freezing point (for 1 molal solution the depression in freezing point is 1.86°C for water), the magnitude of osmotic pressure is large.

The osmotic pressure can be measured at room temperature enables to determine the molecular mass of bio molecules which are unstable at higher temperatures. Even for a very dilute solution the osmotic pressure is large.

Question 9.
0.24 g of a gas dissolves in 1L of water at 1.5 atm pressure. Calculate the amount of dissolved gas when the pressure is raised to 6.0 atm at constant temperature?
Solution:
Psolute = KH Xsolute in solution
At pressure 1.5 atm,
P1 = KHX1 …………..(1)
At pressure 6.0 atm,
p2 = KHX2 …………….(2)
Dividing equation (1) by (2)
From equation = \(\frac{P_{1}}{P_{2}}=\frac{X_{1}}{X_{2}}\)

\(\frac{1.5}{6.0}=\frac{0.24}{x^{2}}\)

There fore
\(\frac{0.24 \times 6.0}{1.5}\) = 0.96 g/L

Question 10.
Why the carbonated drinks are stored in a pressurized container?
Answer:
The carbonated beverages contain carbon dioxide dissolved in them. To dissolve the carbon dioxide in these drinks, the CO2 gas is bubbled through them under high pressure. These containers are sealed to maintain the pressure. When we open these containers at atmospheric pressure, the pressure of the CO2 drops to the atmospheric level and hence bubbles of CO2 rapidly escape from the solution and show effervescence. The burst of bubbles is even more noticeable, if the soda bottle in warm condition.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 11.
An aqueous solution of 2% non volatile solute exerts a pressure of 1.004 bar at the boiling point of the solvent. What is the molar mass of the solute when P°A is 1.013 bar?
Solution:
\(\frac{\Delta P}{P_{A}^{0}}=\frac{W_{B} \times M_{B}}{M_{B} \times W_{A}}\)

In a 2 % solution weight of the solute is 2 g and solvent is 98g
∆P = Psolution – P°A = 1.013 – 1.004 bar
= 0.009 bar
MB = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{A}}^{0} \times \mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{B}} \times \mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{A}}}{\Delta \mathrm{P} \times \mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{A}}}\)

MB = 2 × 18 × 1.013/(98 × 0.009) = 41.3 g mol-1

Question 12.
Ethylene glycol (C2H6O2) can be at used as an antifreeze in the radiator of a car. Calculate the temperature when ice will begin to separate from a mixture with 20 mass percent of glycol in water used in the car radiator. Kf for water = 1.86K Kg mol-1 and molar mass of ethylene glycol is 62 g mol-1.
Solution:
Weight of solute (W2) = 20 mass percent of solution means 20 g of ethylene glycol
Weight of solvent (water) W1 = 100 – 20 = 80 g
∆Tf = Kf m
= \(\frac{\mathrm{K}_{\mathrm{f}} \times \mathrm{W}_{2} \times 1000}{\mathrm{M}_{2} \times \mathrm{W}_{1}}=\frac{1.86 \times 20 \times 1000}{62 \times 80}\)
= 7.5 K
The temperature at which the ice will begin to separate is the freezing of water after the addition of solute i.e 7.5 K lower than the normal freezing point of water (273 – 7.5 K) = 265.5 K

Question 13.
At 400 K 1.5 g of an unknown substance is dissolved in solvent and the solution is made to 1.5 L. Its osmotic pressure is found to be 0.3 bar. Calculated the molar mass of the unknown substance.
Solution :
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 3

Question 14.
The depression in freezing point is 0.24 K obtained by dissolving 1 g NaCl in 200g water. Calculate van’t – Hoff factor. The molar depression constant in 1.86 K Kg mol-1
Solution :
Molar mass of solute = \(\frac{1000 \times K_{f} \times \text { mass of } N a C l}{\Delta T_{f} \times \text { mass of solvent }}\)

= \(\frac{1000 \times 1.86 \times 1}{0.24 \times 200}\)
= 38.75 g mol-1

Theoretical molar mass of NaCl is = 58.5 g mol-1

i = \(\frac{\text { Theoretical molar mass }}{\text { Experimental molar mass }}\)
= \(\frac{58.5}{38.75}\) = 1.50

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

IV. Long question and answers(5 Marks):

Question 1.
Explain the factors including the solubility of solute?
Answer:
Factors influencing the solute:
The solubility of a solute generally depends on the nature of the solute and the solvent in which it is dissolved. It also depends on the temperature and pressure of the solution.

Nature of solute and solvent:
Sodium-chloride, an ionic compound, dissolves readily iff a polar solvent such as water, but it does not dissolve in non polar-organic solvents such as benzene or toluene. Many organic compounds dissolve -readily in organic solvents and do not dissolve in water. Different gases dissolve in water to different extents: for example, ammonia is more soluble than oxygen in water.

Effect of temperature:

Solid solute in liquid solvent:
Generally, the solubility of a solid solute in a liquid solvent increases with increase in temperature. When the temperature is increased, the average kinetic energy of the molecules of the solute and the solvent increases. The increase in kinetic energy facilitates the solvent molecules to break the intermolecular attractive forces that keep the solute molecules together and hence the solubility increases.

When a solid is added to a solvent, it begins to dissolve. i.e. the solute leaves from the solid state (dissolution). After some time, some of the dissolved solute returns back to the solid state (recrystallisation). If there is excess of solid present, the rate of both these processes becomes equal at a particular stage. At this stage an equilibrium is established between the solid solute molecules and dissolved solute molecules.

Solute(solid) ⇌ Solute(dissolved)

According to Le-Chatelier principle, if the dissolution process is endothermic, the increase in temperature will shift the equilibrium towards left i.e solubility increases, for an exothermic reaction, the increase in temperature decreases the solubility. The solubilities, of ammonium nitrate, calcium Chloride, ceric sulphate nano-hydrate, and sodium chloride in water at different temperatures are given in the following graph.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 4
Plot of solubility versus temperature for selective compounds

The following conclusions are drawn from the above graph:

1. The solubility of sodium chloride does not vary appreciably as the maximum solubility is achieved at normal temperature. In fact, there is only 10 % increase in solubility between 0° to 100 °C.
2. the dissolution process of ammonium nitrate is endothermic, the solubility increases steeply with increase in temperature.
3. In the case of ceric sulphate, the dissolution is exothermic and the solubility decreases with increase in temperature.
4. Even though the dissolution of calcium chloride is exothermic, the solubility increases moderately with increase in temperature. Here, the entropy factor also plays a significant role in deciding the position of the equilibrium.

Gaseous solute in liquid solvent:
In the case of gaseous solute in liquid solvent, the solubility decreases with increase in temperature. When a gaseous solute dissolves in a liquid solvent, its molecules interact with solvent molecules with weak intermolecular forces. When the temperature increases, the average kinetic energy of the molecules present in the solution also increases.

The increase in kinetic energy breaks the weak intermolecular forces between the gaseous solute and liquid solvent which results in the release of the dissolved gas molecules to the gaseous state. Moreover, the dissolution of most of the gases in liquid solvents is an exothermic process, and in such processes, the increase in temperature decreases the dissolution of gaseous molecules.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 2.
Explain vapour pressure of liquid in liquids binary solution?
Answer:
Now, let us consider a binary liquid solution formed by dissolving a liquid solute ‘A’ in a pure solvent B in a closed vessel. Both the components A and B present in the solution would evaporate and an equilibrium will be established between the liquid and vapour phases of the components A and B.

The French chemist Raoult, proposed a quantitative relationship between the partial pressures and the mole fractions of two components A & B, which is known as Raoult’s Law. This law states that “in the case of a solution of volatile liquids, the partial vapour pressure of each component (A & B) of the solution is directly proportional to its mole fraction”.
According to Raoult’s law,
PA ∝ xA
PA = k xA
when xA = 1, k = P°A
where p°A is the vapour pressure of pure component A’ at the same temperature. Therefore,
PA = P°A xA
Similarly, for component ‘B’
PB =P°B xB
xA and xB are the mole fraction of the components A and B respectively.

According to Dalton’s law of partial pressure the total pressure in a closed vessel will be equal to the sum of the partial pressures of the individual components.
Hence,
Ptotal = PA + PB
Substituting the values of PA and PB from equations in the above equation,
Ptotal = XAA + XBB
We know that XA + XB = 1 or XA = 1 – XB
Therefore,
Ptotal = (1 – XB)P°A + XBB
Ptotal = P°A + XB(P°B – P°A)
The above equation is of the straight¬line equation form y = mx + c. The plot of Ptotalversus xB will give a straight line with (P°B – PA) as slope and P°A as the y intercept.

Let us consider the liquid solution containing toluene (solute) in benzene (solvent).

The variation of vapour pressure of pure benzene and toluene with its mole fraction is given in the graph.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 5
Solution of benzene in toluene obeying Raoult’s law

The vapour pressures of pure toluene and pure benzene are 22.3 and 74.7 mmHg, respectively. The above graph shows, the partial vapour pressure of the pure components increases linearly with the increase in the mole fraction of the respective components. The total pressure at any composition of the solute and solvent is given by the following straight line (represented as red line) equation.
PSolution = P°toluene + Xbenzene(Pbenzene – Ptoluene)

Question 3.
Explain Raoult’s law for the binary solution of Non-volatile solutes in liquids?
Answer:
When a nonvolatile salute js dissolved in a pure solvent, the vapour pressure of the pure solvent will decrease. In such solutions, the vapour pressure of the -Solution will depend only on the solvent ‘molecules as the solute is nonvolatile.

For example, when sodium chloride is added to the water, the vapor pressure of the salt solution is lowered. The vapour pressure of the solution is determined by the number of molecules of the solvent present in the surface at any time and is proportional to the mole fraction of the solvent.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 6
Rate of vapourization reduced by presence of nonvolatile solute.

Psolution ∝ XA
Where XA is the mole fraction of the solvent
Psolution = kXA
When XA = 1, k = P°solvent
(P°solvent is the partial pressure of pure solvent)
PSolution = P°Solvent
\(\frac{P_{\text {solution }}}{P_{\text {solvent}}^{a}}\) = XA

1 – \(\frac{p_{\text {Solution }}}{p_{\text {Solvent }}^{0}}\) = 1 – XA

\(\frac{p_{\text {Solvent }}^{o}-p_{\text {Solurion }}}{P_{\text {Solvent }}^{0}}\) = XB
Where XB is the fraction of the solute
(∴ xA + xB = 1, XB = 1 – XA)

The above expression gives the relative lowering of vapour pressure. Based on this expression, Raoult’s Law can also be stated as “the relative lowering of vapour pressure of an ideal solution containing the nonvolatile solute is equal to the mole fraction of the solute at a given temperature”.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 4.
What is ideal solution? Write special features and characters of ideal solution.
Answer:
An ideal solution is a solution in which each component i.e. the solute as well as the solvent obeys the Raoult’s law over the entire range of concentration. Practically no solution is ideal over the entire range of concentration. However, when the concentration of solute is very low, the dilute solution behaves ideally.

If the two components present in the solution (A and B) are identical in size, structure, and having almost similar intermolecular attractive forces between them (i.e. between A-A, B-B, and B-A) and then the solution tends to behave like an ideal solution.

For an ideal solution:
(i) there is no change in the volume on mixing the two components, (solute & solvents). (∆Vmixing = 0)
(ii) there is no exchange of heat when the solute is dissolved in solvent (∆Hmixing = 0).
(iii) escaping tendency of the solute arid the solvent present in it should be same as in pure liquids.
Example:
benzene & toulene; n-hexane & n-heptane; ethyl bromide & ethyl iodide; chlorobenzene & bromobenzene.

Question 5.
Explain Non – ideal solution with strong positive deviation.
Answer:
The solutions which do not Raoult’s law over the entire range, of concentration, are called non-ideal solutions. For a non-ideal solution, there is a change in the volume and enthalpy upon mixing, i.e.
∆Hmixing ≠ 0 &, ∆Vmixing ≠ 0. The deviation of the non-ideal solutions from the Raoult’s law can either be positive or negative.

Non-ideal solutions – positive deviation from Rauolt’s Law:
The nature of the deviation from the Rauolt’s law can be explained in terms ©f the intermolecular interactions between solute and solvent (B). Consider a case in which the intermolecular attractive forces between A and B are weaker than those between the molecules of A (A-A) and molecules of B (B-B).

The molecules present in such a solution have a greater tendency to escape from the solution when compared to the ideal solution formed by A and B, in which the intermolecular attractive forces (A-A, B-B, A-B) are almost similar. Consequently, the vapour pressure of such non-ideal solution increases and it is greater than the sum of the vapour pressure of A and B as predicted by the Raoult’s law. This type of deviation is called positive deviation.

Here, PA > p°A XA and pB > P°B XB
Hence Ptotal > p°A XA + PB XB

Let us understand the positive deviation by considering a solution of ethyl alcohol and water. In this solution the hydrogen bonding interaction between ethanol and water is weaker than those hydrogen bonding interactions amongst themselves (ethyl alcohol-ethyl alcohol and water-water interactions).

This results in the increased evaporation of both components from the aqueous solution of ethanol. Consequently, the vapour pressure of the solution is greater than the vapour pressure predicted by Raoults law. Here, the mixing process is endothermic i.e. ∆Hmixing > 0 and there will be slight increase in volume(∆Vmixing > 0).

Example:
Ethyl alcohol cyclohexane, Benzene & acetone, Carbon tetrachloride & chloroform, Acetone & ethyl alcohol, Ethyl alcohol & water.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 7

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 6.
Explain Non – ideal solution with strong negative deviation.
Answer:
Let us consider a case where the attractive forces between solute (A) and solvent t (B) are stronger – thtSSar intermolecular attractive forces between the individual components (A – A & B – B). Here, the escaping tendency of A and B will be lower when compared with an ideal solution formed by A and B. Hence, the vapour pressure of such solutions will be lower than the sum of the vapour pressure of A and B. This type of deviation is called negative deviation. For the negative deviation,
PA < P°A XA and PB < P°B XB.

Let us consider a solution of phenol and aniline. Both phenol and aniline form hydrogen bonding interactions amongst themselves. However, when mixed with aniline, the phenol molecule forms hydrogen bonding interactions with aniline, which are stronger than the hydrogen bonds formed amongst themselves.

Formation of new hydrogen bonds considerably reduce the escaping tendency of phenol and aniline from the solution. As a result, the vapour pressure of the solution is less and there is a slight decrease in volume (∆Vmixing < 0) on mixing. During this process evolution of heat takes place i.e. ∆Hmixing < 0 (exothermic)

Example:
Acetone + chloroform, Chloroform + diethyl ether, Acetone + aniline, Chloroform + Benzene.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 8

Question 7.
Explain the factors responsible for deviation from Raoult’s law.
Answer:
Factors responsible for deviation from Raoult’s law:
The deviation of solution from ideal behavior is attributed to the following factors.

i) Solute-solvent interactions:
For an ideal solution, the interaction between the solvent molecules (A-A), the solute molecules (B-B) and between the solvent & solute molecules (A-B) are expected to be similar. If these interactions are dissimilar, then there will be a deviation from ideal behavior.

ii) Dissociation of solute:
When a solute present in a solution dissociates to give its constituent ions, the resultant ions interact strongly with the
solvent and cause deviation from Raoult’s law.
For example, a solution of potassium chloride in water deviates from ideal behavior because the solute dissociates to give K and Cl ion which form strong ion-dipole interaction with water molecules.
KCl(s) + H2O (l) → K+(aq)+ Cl(aq)

iii) Association of solute:
Association of solute molecules can also cause deviation from ideal behaviour. For example, in solution, acetic acid exists as a dimer by forming intermolecular hydrogen bonds, and hence deviates from Raoult’s law.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions 9

iv) Temperature:
An increase in temperature of the solution increases the average kinetic energy of the molecules present in the solution which causes decrease in the attractive force between them. As result, the solution deviates from ideal behaviour.

v) Pressure:
At high pressure the molecules tend to stay close to each other and therefore there will be an increase in their intermolecular attraction. Thus, a solution deviates from Raoult’s law at high pressure.

vi) Concentration:
If a solution is sufficiently dilute there is no pronounced solvent-solute interaction because the number of solute molecules are very low compared to the solvent. When the concentration is increased by adding solute, the solvent-solute interaction becomes significant. This causes deviation from the Raoult’s law.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 8.
How would you determine the molar mass of solute from Tb?
Answer:
The elevation of boiling point is directly proportional to the concentration of the solute particles.
∆Tb ∝ m
m is the concentration of solution expressed in molality.
∆Tb = Kbm
Where
Kb = molal boiling point elevation constant or Ebullioscopic constant.
∆Tb = \(\frac{K_{b} \times W_{B} \times 1000}{M_{B} \times W_{A}}\)

Mb = \(\frac{\mathrm{K}_{\mathrm{b}}}{\Delta \mathrm{Tb}} \times \frac{\mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{B}} \times 1000}{\mathrm{~W}_{\mathrm{A}}}\)

Question 9.
How would you determine the molar mass of solute from T?
Answer:
1f the solution is prepared by dissolving
WB g of solute in WB g of solvent, then the molality is,

m = \(\frac{\text { Number of moles of solute } \times 1000}{\text { weight of solvent in grams }}\)

Number of moles of solute = \(\frac{W_{B}}{M_{B}}\)
Where, MB = molar mass of the solute
Therefore,

m = \(\frac{\mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{B}} \times 1000}{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{B}} \times \mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{A}}}\)

∆Tf = \(\frac{K_{f} \times W_{B} \times 1000}{M_{B} \times W_{A}}\)

Molar mass can be calculated using

MB = \(\frac{\mathrm{Kb} \times \mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{B}} \times 1000}{\Delta \mathrm{T}_{\mathrm{b}} \times \mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{A}}}\)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 9 Solutions

Question 10.
How would you determine the molar mass of solute form A?
Answer:
According to van’t Hoff equation π = cRT
c = \(\frac{n}{V}\)
Here, n = number of moles of solute dissolved in ‘V’ liter of the solution.
Therefore,
π = \(\frac{n}{V}\)RT
πV = nRT
If the solution is prepared by dissolving WBg of nonvolatile solute in WA g of solvent,
then the number of moles ‘n’ is,
n = \(\frac{\mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{B}}}{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{B}}}\)
since, MB = molar mass of the solute
Substituting the ‘n’ value, we get,
π = \(\frac{\mathrm{W}_{\mathrm{B}}}{\mathrm{V}} \frac{\mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{B}}}\)

MB = \(\frac{W_{B}}{V} \frac{R T}{\pi}\)
From the above equation molar mass of the solute can be calculated.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

11th Bio Zoology Guide Kingdom Animalia Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
The symmetry exhibited in cnidarians is
a. Radial
b. Bilateral
c. Pentamerous radial
d. Asymmetrical
Answer:
a. Radial

Question 2.
Sea anemone belongs to phylum
a. Protozoa
b. Porifera
c. Coelenterata
d. Echinodermata
Answer:
c. Coelenterata

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 3.
The excretory cells that are found in platyhelminthes are
a. Protonephridia
b. Flame cells
c. Solenocytes
d. All of these
Answer:
b. Flame cells

Question 4.
In which of the following organisms, self fertilization is seen.
a. Fish
b. Round worm
c. Earthworm
d. Liver fluke
Answer:
d. Liver fluke

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 5.
Nephridia of Earthworms are performing the same functions as
a. Gills of prawn
b. Flame cells of Planaria
c. The trachea of insects
d. Nematoblasts of Hydra
Answer:
b. Flame cells of Planaria

Question 6.
Which of the following animals has a true coelom?
a. Ascaris
b. Pheretima
c. Sycon
d. Taenia solium
Answer:
b. Pheretima

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 7.
Metameric segmentation is the main feature of
a. Annelida
b. Echinodermata
c. Arthropoda
d. Coelenterata
Answer:
a. Annelida

Question 8.
In Pheretima locomotion occurs with the help of
a. circular muscles
b. longitudinal muscles and setae
c. circular, longitudinal muscles and setae
d. parapodia
Answer:
c. circular, longitudinal muscles and setae

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 9.
Which of the following have the highest number of species in nature?
a. Insects
b. Birds
c. Angiosperms
d. Fungi
Answer:
a. Insects

Question 10.
Which of the following is a crustacean?
a. Prawn
b. Snail
c. Sea anemone
d. Hydra
Answer:
a. Prawn

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 11.
The respiratory pigment in cockroach is
a. Haemoglobin
b. Haemocyanin
c. Heamoerythrin
d. None of the above
Answer:
d. None of the above

Question 12.
Exoskeleton of which phylum consists of chitinous cuticle?
a. Annelida
b. Porifera
c. Arthropoda
d. Echinodermata
Answer:
c. Arthropoda

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 13.
Lateral line sense organs occur in
a. Salamander
b. Frog
c. Water snake
d. Fish
Answer:
d. Fish

Question 14.
The limbless amphibian is
a. Icthyophis
b. Hyla
c. Rana
d. Salamander
Answer:
a. Icthyophis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 15.
Four chambered heart is present in
a. Lizard
b. Snake
c. Scorpion
d. Crocodile
Answer:
d. Crocodile

Question 16.
Which of the following is not correctly paired?
a. Humans – Ureotelic
b. Birds – Uricotelic
c. Lizards – Uricotelic
d. Whale – Ammonotelic
Answer:
d. Whale – Ammonotelic

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 17.
Which of the following is an egg laying mammal?
a. Delphinus
b. Macropus
c. Ornithorhynchus
d. Equus
Answer:
c. Omithorhynchus

Question 18.
Pneumatic bones are seen in
a. Mammalia
b. Aves
c. Reptilia
d. Sponges
Answer:
b. Aves

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 19.
Match the following columns and select the correct option.

Column -I Column – II
(p) Pila (i) Devil fish
(q) Dentalium (ii) Chiton
(r) Chaetopleura (iii) Apple snail
(s) Octopus (iv) Tusk shell

a. p – (ii), q – (i), r – (iii), s – (iv)
b. p – (iii), q – (iv), r – (ii), s – (i)
c. p – (ii), q – (iv), r – (i), s – (iii)
d. p – (i), q – (ii), r – (iii), s – (iv)
Answer:
b. p – (iii), q – (iv), r – (ii), s – (i)

Question 20.
In which of the following phyla, the adult shows radial symmetry but the larva shows bilateral symmetry?
a. Mollusca
b. Echinodermata
c. Arthropoda
d. Annelida
Answer:
b. Echinodermata

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 21.
Which of the following is correctly matched?
a. Physalia – Portuguese man of war
b. Pennatula – Sea fan
c. Adamsia – Sea pen
d. Gorgonia-Sea anemone
Answer:
a. Physalia – Portuguese man of war

Question 22.
Why are spongin and spicules important to a sponge?
Answer:
Spongin and spicules provide support and support the soft body parts of the sponges. The spicules give the sponges rigidity and form to the sponges.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 23.
What are the four characteristics common to most animals?
Answer:

  1. Cellular structure
  2. The nature of coelom ;
  3. Notochord
  4. Segmentation or absence of segmentation.

Question 24.
List the features that all vertebrates show at some point in their development.
Answer:
All vertebrates possess notochord during the embryonic stay. li is repLaced by vertebra) column. All vertebrates possess pained appendages such as fins or lunits. Skin is covered by a protective skeleton comprising of scales. fiathcrs hairs, claws, nails, etc. Respiration is aerobic through gills, skin. buccopharyngeal cavity’ and lungs. All vertebrates have a muscular heart with two, three, or four chambers and kidneys for excretion and osmoregulation.

Question 25.
Compare closed and opened circulatory system
Answer:

Open Circulation Closed Circulation
1. There is no blood vessels Presence of blood vessels.
2. Blood remains filled in the tissue spaces. Blood is circulated through blood vessels
3. (Eg.) Arthropods, Mollusca, Echinodermata (Eg.) Earthworm, Cephalochordates, Chordates

Question 26.
Compare Schizocoelom with enterocoelom
Answer:

Schizocoelomate Enterocoelomate
1. Body cavity is formed by splitting of mesoderm. The body cavity is formed from the mesodermal pouches or archenteron.
2. (Eg.) Annelids, Arthropods (Eg.) Echinodermata Chordates

Question 27.
Identify the structure that the archenteron becomes in a developing animal.
Answer:
The archenteron becomes the cavity of the digestive tract.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 28.
Observe the animal below and answer the following questions
a. Identify the animal
b. What type of symmetry does this animal exhibit?
c. Is this animal Cephalized?
d. How many germ layers does this animal have?
e. How many openings does this animal’s digestive system have?
f. Does this animal have neurons?
Answer:
a) Sea anemone
b) Bilateral symmetry
c) It is not a cephalized animal
d) Diploblastic animal
e) One
f) Yes.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 3

Question 29.
Choose the term that does not belong in the following group and explain why it does not belong?
Answer:

  • The notochord, cephalization, dorsal nerve cord, and radial symmetry.
  • Notochord, cephalization, and dorsal nerve cord are the characteristic features of chordates.
  • The radial symmetry is not a characteristic feature of chordate.
  • It is the feature of cnidarian and adult echinoderms. Hence it does not belong to the group.

Question 30.
Why flatworms are called acoelomates?
Answer:
The body cavity is formed from mesoderm but in flatworms, there is nobody cavity their body is solid with a perivisceral cavity.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 31.
What are flame cells?
Answer:
Flame cells are the specialized excretory cells in flatworms. They help in excretion and osmoregulation.

Question 32.
Concept Mapping – Use the following terms to create a concept map that shows the major characteristic features of the phylum Nematoda: Roundworms, pseudocoelomates, digestive tract, cuticle, parasite, sexual dimorphism
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 2

Question 33.
In which phyla is the larva trochophore found?
Answer:
Trochopore larva is seen in the Phylum – Annelida.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 34.
Which of the chordate characteristics do tunicates retain as adults?
Answer:
Ventral and tabular heart. Respiration is through gill slits.

Question 35.
List the characteristic features that distinguish cartilaginous fishes from living jawless fishes.
Answer:

Cyclostomata Chondrichthyes
1. Some are ectoparasites on some fishes. They are free living.
2. Body is slender and eel-like Skin is tough and covered with placoid scales
3. 6 to 15 pairs of gillslits for respiration. Respiration is by lamelliform gills.
4. Mouth is circular without jaws and suctorial. There are lower and upper jaws.
5. Migrate to freshwater for spawning There is no migration during breeding.
6. After spawning they die They don’t die after spawning
7. Oviparous Oviparous, viviparous and Ova viviparous

Question 36.
List three features that characterise bony fishes.
Answer:

  1. These fishes have a bony endoskeleton.
  2. The skin is covered by ganoid, cycloid or ctenoid scales.
  3. Gills are covered by an operculum.
  4. They are ammonotelic.
  5. They have mesonephric kidneys.
  6. External fertilization is seen.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 37.
List the functions of air bladder in fishes.
Answer:

  • Air bladder may be connected to the gut or not.
  • They help in gaseous exchange.
  • In ray-finned fishes, they help in buoyancy.

Question 38.
Write the characteristics that contribute to the success of reptiles on land.
Answer:

  • The characteristics that contribute to the success of reptiles on land are as follows:
  • The presence of dry and cornified skin with epidermal scales or scutes prevents the loss of water.
  • The presence of metanephric kidney.
  • They are uricotelic (they excrete uric acid to prevent the loss of water).

Question 39.
List the unique features of a bird’s endoskeleton.
Answer:

  • The endoskeleton is fully ossified.
  • The long bones are hollow with air cavities. So that they can easily fly with lesser weight.

Question 40.
Could the number of eggs or young ones produced by an oviparous and viviparous female be equal? Why?
Answer:
No. The number of eggs or young ones produced by an oviparous and viviparous female cannot be equal. When the oviparous animals lay eggs in the external environment or in the medium, the chance of survival and successful development into the adults are not certain. But in the case of viviparous animals, young ones are nurtured by the adult animals. Hence, oviparous animals lay more eggs if they are fertilized in the medium or in water.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Kingdom Animalia Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
…………………. is the first group of animals to exhibit tissue-level organization.
a. Cnidaria
b. Porifera
c. Mollusca
d. Echinodermata
Answer:
a. Cnidaria

Question 2.
Name the organs formed from ectoderm.
a. Heart
b. Hair
c. Muscle
d. Intestine
Answer:
b. Hair

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 3.
The mesoglea seen in between the ectoderm and endoderm is present in …………………. phylum.
a. Platyhelminthes
b. Arthropoda
c. Annelida
d. Coelenterates
Answer:
d. Coelenterates

Question 4.
Inporiferans through ………………. pores water enters into the body and goes out through.
a. Osculum Ostia
b. Ostia Osculum
c. Mouth Ostia
d. Mouth Osculum
Answer:
b. Ostia Osculum

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 5.
Choose the correct option.
a. Segmentation – Annelida
b. Archenteron – Heart Formation
c. Ostia – Sea anemone
d. Polyp Medusa – Phylum Ptenopora
Answer:
a. Segmentation – Annelida

Question 6.
Find out the correct and wrong statement and find out the correct sequence
I. In the phylum cnidaria on the tentacles nematocysts are present.
II. In evolutionary history the annelid is the first segmented animal.
III. The roundworms are diploblastic bilateral animals.
IV. The arthropods excrete through flame cells.
a. I – False, II – False, III – True, IV – True
b. I – True, II – False, III – False, IV – True
c. I – True, II – True, III – False, IV – Flase
d. I – False, II – True, III – True, IV – False
Answer:
c. I – True, II – True, III – False, IV – False

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 7.
The organism that shows the regeneration character
a. Planaria
b. Liver fluke
c. Tapeworm
d. Leech
Answer:
a. Planaria

Question 8.
What is the excretory organ of roundworm?
a. Flame cells
b. Rennet glands
c. Green glands
d. Malphigeal tubules
Answer:
b. Rennet glands

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 9.
The coelom of phylum Arthropoda is
a. Pseudo coelom
b. Eucoelom
c. Schizo coelom
d. Enter coelom
Answer:
c. Schizo coelom

Question 10.
Name the respiratory organ of Mollusca.
a. Ctenidia
b. Gills
c. Book lungs
d. Trachea
Answer:
a. Ctenidia

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 11.
Name the excretory organ of Cephalo Chordata.
a. Mesonephridia
b. Metanephridia
c. Protonephridia
d. Flame cells
Answer:
d. Flame cells

Question 12.
Name the organism which has both features of chordate and non-chordates?
a. Balanoglossus
b. Ascidia
c. Amphioxces
d. Salpa
Answer:
a. Balanoglossus

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 13.
…………………….. are called as tunicates
a. Urochordates
b. Cephalo chordates
c. Vertebrata
d. Hemi Chordata
Answer:
a. Urochordates

Question 14.
The eggs of birds are ………………..
a. Megalecithal
b. Mesolecithal
c. Telolocithal
d. Alecithal
Answer:
a. Megalecithal

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 15.
Find the correct answer by matching.
A. Sponges – I. Mesoglea
B. Open circulation – II. Asymmetrical
C. Diploblastic animal – III. Echinodermata
D. Snails – IV. Coanocytes
a. A – IV, B -I, C – II, D – III
b. A -I, B – II, C – III, D – IV
c. A – IV, B – III, C -I, D – II
d. A – IV, B – II, C – III, D -I
Answer:
C. Diploblastic animal – III. Echinodermata

Question 16.
Find out the correct pair.
a. Planula – Planeria
b. Regeneration – Annelida
c. Trochopore larva – Cnidaria
d. Veliger larva – Mollusca
Answer:
d. Veliger larva – Mollusca

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 17.
Which one of the following is not correctly paired?
a) Ctenophora – Veliger
b) Annelida – Trochophore
c) Cnidaria – Planula
d) Porifera – Parenchymula
Answer:
a) Ctenophora – Veliger

Question 18.
Find out the wrong statement.
a) In most animals the coelom lies between the body wall and the alimentary canal
b) In acoelomate organisms the free movement of the interval organ is restricted.
c) The cavity formed from the mesoderm is pseudo coelom.
d) If in a body cavity scattered pouches are seen then the coelom is pseudo coelom.
Answer:
c) The cavity formed from the mesoderm is pseudo coelom.

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
What are pinococytes?
Answer:
In sponges, the outer surface is formed of plate-like cells that maintain the size and structure of the sponges are called pinococytes.

Question 2.
What are choanocytes?
Answer:
The inner layer of sponges is formed of flagellated collar cells called coanocytes. They maintain water flow through the sponges thus facilitating respiratory and digestive functions.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 3.
Define tissue.
Answer:
Cells that perform similar functions are aggregated to form tissues.

Question 4.
Define organ? Which was the first animal to have organ system?
Answer:

  • Different kinds of tissues aggregate to form an organ to perform a specific function.
  • In phylum Platyhelminthes, the organ level of organisation is first formed.

Question 5.
Differentiate between a complete digestive system from an incomplete digestive system.
Answer:

Incomplete Digestive System Complete Digestive System
1. There is a single opening in the digestive system which serves as both mouth and anus.
(Eg.) Platyhelminthes
1. There are separate openings for the mouth and anus. (Eg.) Chordates

Question 6.
What are diploblastic animals?
Answer:

  • Animals in which the cells are arranged in two embryonic layers the ectoderm and endoderm are diploblastic animals.
  • The ectoderm gives rise to the epidermis.
  • The endoderm gives rise to the tissue lining the gut.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 7.
What is radial symmetry?
Answer:
When any plane passing through the central axis of the body divides an organism into two identical parts, it is called radial symmetry, e.g. Cnidarian.

Question 8.
What is protostomia?
Answer:
In Eumetazoans, the embryonic blastopore that develops into the mouth are known as protostomia.

Question 9.
What are deutrostomia ?
Answer:
Eumetazoans in which the anus is formed from or near the blastopore and the mouth is formed away from the blastopore are deuterostomes.

Question 10.
List the excretory organs of phylum Arthropoda?
Answer:

  • Malphigean tubules
  • Green glands
  • Coxal glands

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 11.
Differentiate the respiratory pigment haemoglobin from haemocyanin.
Answer:

Haemoglobin Haemocyanin
1. It’s an iron-containing respiratory pigment. It’s a copper-containing respiratory pigment.
2. This is present in Annelida and Chordata This is present in molluscan blood.

Question 12.
What are the advantages of bilaterally symmetrical animals?
Answer:
The bilaterally symmetrical animals can seek food, locate mates, escape from predators and move more efficiently. These animals have dorsal-ventral sides and anterior, posterior ends, right and left sides. They exhibit cephalization with sense organs and brain at the anterior end of the animal.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 13.
What is cleidoic egg?
Answer:
If the female organisms lay cleidoic eggs or shelled egg then it is known as cleidoic eggs.

Question 14.
What are the extraembryonic membranes present in reptiles?
Answer:

  1. Amnion
  2. Allantois
  3. Chorion
  4. Yolk sac

Question 15.
Name the muscles that help pigeons to fly. Write the kingdom, phyllum, and class for pigeon.
Answer:
a. Pectoralis major b. Pectoralis minor
(i) kingdom – Animalia
(ii) phylum – Chordata
(iii) class – Aves

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

( 3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
What are the structures formed from ectoderm endoderm and mesoderm?
Answer:

  1. Edoderm – Skin, Hair, Nerves, Nail, Teeth
  2. Mesoderm – Muscles, Bones, Heart
  3. Endoderm – Intestine, Lungs, Liver.

Question 2.
Name the parts A, B, and C in the diagram?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 5
A) Ectoderm
B) Pseudo coelom
c) Mesodorm

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 3.
Differentiate parazoa from eumetazoa?
Answer:

Parazoa Eumetazoa
1.Multicellular Multicellular
2. Cells are loosely Well-developed tissues arranged. and organ system is present

Question 4.
Match
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 6
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 7
a) I – b, II – d, III – a, IV – c
b) I – a, II – b, III – d, IV – c
c) I – b, II – a, III – d, IV – c
Answer:
a) I – b, II – d, III – a, IV – c

Question 5.
Distinguish between hibernation and aestivation.
Answer:
Hibernation:

  • The dormancy period for animals during winter is called hibernation.
  • It is known as winter sleep.

Aestivation:

  • The dormancy period for animals during summer is called Aestivation.
  • It is known as summer sleep.

Question 6.
In the given diagram Balanoglossus mark A, B, and C.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 8
Answer:
A) Proboscis
B) Collarette
c) Genital wings

Question 7.
Give any five characteristic features of Urochordata?
Answer:

  1. They are exclusively marine.
  2. They are mostly sessile some pelagic or free-swimming.
  3. The body is covered by a tunic.
  4. The coelom is absent.
  5. The notochord is present only in the tail region of the larval stage.
  6. The circulatory system is open type.

Question 8.
Look at the picture given below and answer questions.
a) What is the name of this fish?
b) What is the name of the larva of this fish?
c) What is the shape of the mouth?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 9
Answer:
a) iprey
b) Ammocete
c) Circular

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 9.
What are the characteristic features of amphibia?
Answer:

  • Amphibians live both in aquatic as well as terrestrial habitats.
  • They are poikilothermic.
  • They have two pairs of limbs.
  • They may have a tail or may not be present.
  • Their skin is smooth or rough.
  • The heart is three-chambered.
  • They excrete urea as an excretory product.
  • The kidneys are mesonephric.
  • They are oviparous and development is indirect.

(5 Marks)

IV. Essay Questions

Question 1.
Explain various patterns of organisation in animals.
Answer:
Animals exhibit different patterns of organisation:
The cellular level of organisation:

  • Cells are loosely arranged without the formation of tissues.
  • There is a division of labour among the cells, e.g., sponges.

Tissue level of organisation:

  • Cells which perform a similar function are grouped into tissues.
  • The tissues perform a common function, e.g., cnidarians.

Organ level of organisation:
Different kinds of tissues aggregate to form an organ to perform a specific function e.g., flatworms and other hyper phyla.

Organ system level of organisation:

  • The tissues are organised to form organs and organ systems.
  • All the organ system function in a coordinated manner.

Question 2.
What is coelom? Describe its types?
Answer:
Body cavity lined with mesoderm is meant as a coelom. This lies between the body wall and the alimentary canal.

1.Pseudo coelom:
The body cavity is not lined by the mesodermal epithelium and the mesoderm is formed as scattered pouches between the ectoderm and endoderm. (Eg.) Roundworm

2.Eucoelom:
The coelom is a fluid-filled cavity that develops within the mesoderm and is lined by mesodermal epithelium called the peritoneum.

3.Schizocoelomates:
In these animals, the body cavity is formed by splitting mesoderm. (Eg.) Annelids.

4.Entero coelomate:
The body cavity is formed from the mesodermal pouches of the archenteron. (Eg.) Echinodermata

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 3.
Compare Platyhelminthes with Aschelminthes?
Answer:

Platyhelminthes Aschelminthes
1. The body is flattened one They are round in shape.
2. They are bilateral and triploblastic animal. They are bilateral and triploblastic animal.
3. Acoelomate Pseudo coelom is present.
4. They have pseudo segmentation The body is unsegmented
5. Excretion is through flame cells. Excretion is through rennet glands.
6. Sexes are not separate.
They are monoecious.
Sexes are separate and exhibit sexual dimorphism.
7. Some show regeneration capacity. No regeneration capacity.
8. Larva is present. No larva
9. (Eg.) Tape worm, Planeria (Eg.) Ascaris

Question 4.
Classify animals based on coelom.
Answer:
The cavity between the body wall and the gut wall is called coelom. If the animals do not have a coelom, they are called acoelomates. e.g., flatworms. In some animals, the body cavity is not fully lined by the mesodermal epithelium. The mesoderm is formed as scattered pouches between the ectoderm and endoderm. Such a body cavity is called a pseudocoel. The animals which have pseudocoel e.g. roundworms.

If the coelom develops within the mesoderm and is lined by mesodermal epithelium it is called eucoelom. The animals which have true coelom are called eucoelomates. If the body cavity is formed by splitting mesoderm, the animals are called schizocoelomates e.g., Annelids, arthropods, and mollusks. If the body cavity is formed from the mesodermal ‘ pouches of archenteron, the animals are called enterocoelomate animals, e.g., echinoderms, hemichordates, and chordates.

Question 5.
What are the characteristic features of Hemichordata?

  • They possess the characters of invertebrates and chordates.
  • This phylum consists of soft worm-like organisms.
  • They are triploblastic coelomate animals.
  • They are bilaterally symmetrical.
  • Their circulatory system is simple and open type.
  • They are ciliary feeders.
  • Respiration is through paired gill silts opening into the pharynx.
  • Excretion is through the glomerulus.
  • The nervous system is primitive sexes are separate.
  • In its development, there is a free-swimming to maria larva.

Question 6.
What are the general characters of the phylum Vertebrata?
Answer:

  1. They possess notochord during the embryonic stage only.
  2. The notochord is replaced by a cartilaginous or bony vertebral column in the adult.
  3. They possess paired appendages such as fins or limbs.
  4. Skin is covered by skeleton consists of scales, feathers, hairs, claws, nails.
  5. Respiration is through the gills skin buccopharyngeal cavity and lungs.
  6. The heart is with two or three or four chambers.
  7. Kidneys are for excretion and osmoregulation.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 7.
Write the general characters of the phylum cnidaria.
Answer:

  • The cnidaria is aquatic, radially symmetrical, and diploblastic.
  • The tentacles have stinging cells called cnidocytes or cnidoblasts or nematocysts.
  • They exhibit a tissue level of organisation.
  • They have a central gastrovascular cavity called coelenteron.
  • Digestion is both extracellular and intracellular.
  • Alternation of generation is seen in cnidarians which have polyp and medusa forms.
  • Development is indirect with planula larva e.g. Physalia.

Question 8.
What are the general characters of mammals?
Answer:

  • The body is covered by hairs.
  • They are found in a variety of habitats.
  • The presence of the mammary gland is the most unique feature of mammals.
  • They have two pairs of limbs.
  • The skin consists of sweat glands and sebaceous glands.
  • Exo skeleton includes horns spines, scales claws, etc.
  • Teeth are thecodont heterodont and diphyodont.
  • The heart is four-chambered and posses a left systematic arch.
  • Mammals have a large brain when compared to other animals.
  • Their kidneys are metanephric and are ureotelic.
  • All are homeothermic.

Question 9.
Give three distinct features of all chordates that are seen at some stage of their life cycle? What is the fate of two characters out of three in the matured adults?
Answer:

  1. Presence of notochord below the nerve chord and above the alimentary canal.
  2. The presence of the nerve cord lies above the notochord and below the dorsal body wall.
  3. Presence of pharyngeal gill slits in all chordates at some stage of their life cycle.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Features saw in the matured adult animals

Larva Adult
Notochord It may be partially or completely replaced by a backbone.
Nerve cord They enlarged to form the brain and spinal cord.

Question 10.
Compare the chordates with non-chordates?
Answer:

Chordates Non-chordates
1. Notochord is present Absence of notochord.
2. Dorsal hollow and single nerve cord Double ventral solid nerve cord.
3. Pharynx perforated by gill slits. Gill slits absent.
4. Heart is ventrally placed. Heart indoors or laterally placed or absent.
5. A post-anal tail is present Post anal tail is absent
6. Alimentary canal placed ventral to the nerve cord The alimentary canal is placed dorsal to the nerve cord.

Question 11.
What are the parts of ABCD in the model diagram of Chordata?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 10
Answer:
A) Dorsal Nerve Cord
B) Notochord
C) Mouth
D) Pharyngeal gill clefts
E) Muscle segment

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia

Question 12.
Look into the given diagram and answer the question.
a) What is the name of the organism.
b) What is the respiratory organ of this animal.
c) What type of metamorphosis is seen?
d) Whether this organism contain nerve card?
e) What is the outer covering of it’s body?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 2 Kingdom Animalia 11
Answer:
a) Ascidian
b) Gill clefts
c) Retrogressive metamorphosis
d) The larva consists of a nerve cord.
e) Tunic

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 1 The Living World Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

11th Bio Zoology Guide Living World Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

Question 1.
A living organism is differentiated from a non-living structure based on
a. Reproduction
b. Growth
c. Metabolism
d. All the above
Answer:
d. All the above

Question 2.
A group of organisms having similar traits of a rank is
a. Species
b. Taxon
c. Genus
d. Family
Answer:
b. Taxon

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 3.
Every unit of classification regardless of its rank is
a. Taxon
b. Variety
c. Species
d. Strain
Answer:
a. Taxon

Question 4.
Which of the following is not present in the same rank?
a. Primata
b. Orthoptera
c. Diptera
d. Insecta
Answer:
a. Primata

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 5.
What taxonomic aid gives comprehensive information about a taxon?
a. Taxonomic Key
b. Herbarium
c. Flora
d. Monograph
Answer:
a. Taxonomic Key

Question 6.
Who coined the term biodiversity?
a. Walter Rosen
b. AG Tansley
c. Aristotle
d. AP de Candole
Answer:
a. Walter Rosen

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 7.
Cladogram considers the following characters
a. Physiological and Biochemical
b. Evolutionary and Phylogenetic
c. Taxonomic and systematic
d. None of the above
Answer:
b. Evolutionary and Phylogenetic

Question 8.
The molecular taxonomic tool consists of
a. DNA and RNA
b. Mitochondria and Endoplasmic reticulum
c. Cell wall and Membrane proteins
d. All the above
Answer:
a. DNA and RNA

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 10.
Differentiate between probiotics and pathogenic bacteria
Answer:

Probiotics Pathogenic bacteria
1. It converts the milk into curd (Eg.) Lactobacillus It causes diseases in plants and animals
2. It decomposes debris. Tomato – bacterial species
3. By the action of fermentation vinegar is produced. (Eg.) Acetobacter Anthrax, Tuberculosis Pneumonia Tetanus,

Question 11.
Why mule is sterile?
Answer:
Mule gets one set of chromosomes (32) from the male parent, horse and one set of chromosomes (31) from the female parent, donkey. These two sets of chromosomes do not match with each other and cannot produce gametes by meiosis. Hence mule is sterile in nature.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 12.
What is the role of Charles Darwin in relation to the concept of species?
Answer:
Charles Darwin’s book on Origin of Species explains the evolutionary connections of species by the process of natural selection.

Question 13.
Why elephants and other wild animals are entering the human living areas?

  • For the construction of houses, dams, and factories forests are destroyed. The area surface of forests is also getting reduced.
  • As the bull elephant is hunted for their tusks the cow elephant during breeding season enters in to the dwelling area of people.

Question 14.
What is the difference between a Zoo and a wildlife sanctuary?

Zoo Wildlife Sanctuary
1. They have formed artificially. It’s a place of nature.
2. Animals are in houses within the enclosure. Animals roam freely in their natural surrounding.
3. They are formed for the purpose of free time enjoyment of people. They are not formed for the purpose of enjoyment.

Question 15.
Can we use recent molecular tools to identify and classify organisms?
Answer:
The recent molecular taxonomical tools can be used to identify and classify the organism. The following molecular techniques and approaches are used in molecular tools.

  1. DNA barcoding – Short genetic marker in an organism’s DNA to identify whether it belongs to a particular species.
  2. DNA hybridization – Measures the degree of genetic similarity between pools of DNA sequences.
  3. DNA fingerprinting – to identify an individual from a sample of DNA by looking at unique patterns in their DNA.
  4. Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP) Analysis – the difference in homologous DNA sequences can be detected by the presence of fragments of different lengths after digestion of DNA samples.
  5. Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) sequencing- to amplify a specific gene or portion of the gene.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 16.
Explain the role of Latin and Greek names in Biology.
Answer:
Aristotle (384 to 322 BC) was the first to classify all animals in his Historia Animalium in Latin. He classified the living organisms into plants and animals. Animals were classified as walking (terrestrial), flying (birds), and swimming (aquatic) based on their locomotion.

He classified the animals with red blood cells as Enaima and those without red blood cells as Anima. Though his method of classification had limitations, his contribution to biology was remarkable. Theophrastus did his research on the classification of plants. He was known as the Father of Botany.

Part II 

11th Bio Zoology Guide The Living World Additional Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Biodiversity is
a. A species live in a particular ecosystem.
b. Presence of a large number of species in a particular ecosystem.
c. A species live in a different ecosystem.
d. Many species live in more than one ecosystem.
Answer:
b. Presence of a large number of species in a particular ecosystem.

Question 2.
Aristotle has classified organisms based on the following category of locomotion.
a. Walking & bore dwellers
b. Flying & arboreal
c. Swimmers & aquatic
d. All the above.
Answer:
c. Swimmers & aquatic
d. All the above.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 3.
Who is “Father of Botany”?
a. Theophrastus
b. John Ray
c. Carolus Linnaeus
d. Aristotle
Answer:
a. Theophrastus

Question 4.
Whose researchers confirm that species is a fundamental unit of classification.
a. John Ray
b. R.H. Whittaker
c. CarlWoese
d. Cavalier-Smith
Answer:
a. John Ray

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 5.
Find the correct pair.
1. Domestic Cat – Felis silvestris
2. Wildcat – Felis margarita
3. Wildcat – Felis Domestica
4. Tiger – Panthera tigers
Answer:
4. Tiger – Panthera tigers

Question 6.
Who has developed binomial nomenclature.
a. Carolous Linnaeus
b. Augustin
c. Aristotle
d. Ernst Haeckel
Answer:
a. Carolous Linnaeus

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 7.
Find the unrelated pair.
a. Carl Woese – Trinominal hypothesis
b. Cavalier-Smith – Seven kingdom system
c. Male Lion and female Tiger results in – Hinny
d. Male Tiger and female Lion results in – Tigon
Answer:
c. Male Lion and female Tiger results in – Hinny

Question 8.
The three domains classification is based on the difference in the gene.
a. 60s rRNA
b. 70s rRNA
c. l6s rRNA
d. m RNA
Answer:
c. l6s rRNA

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 9.
The prokaryotes that produce methane gas belongs to …………………… kingdom.
a. Monera
b. Eukarya
c. Bacteria
d. Archaea
Answer:
d. Archaea
Question 10.
Find out the correct sequence by matching.
A. Augustin Pyramus de Candole – Father of Botany
B. Aristotle – Father of Modern Taxonomy
C. Carolous Linnaeus – Father of Taxonomy
D. Theophrastus – Introduces Taxonomy
Answer:
D. Theophrastus – Introduces Taxonomy

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 11.
Crosses between animals – Match.
A. Male Horse + Female Donkey – Tigon
B. Male Donkey + Female Horse – Tiger
C. Male Lion + Female Tiger – Mule
D. Male Tiger + Female Lion – Hinny
a) A-II, B -1, C – IV, D – III
b) A-IV, B -1, C – II, D – III
c) A-I, B-II, C-III, D-IV
d) A-IV, B-I, C-II, D-III
Answer:
A-II, B -I, C – IV, D – III

Question 12.
Three domain classification was proposed by:
a. Cavalier-Smith
b. R.H. Whittaker
c. Carolus Linnaeus
d. Carl Woese
Answer:
d. Carlwoese

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 13.
Find out the wrong pair
a. Peacock – Pavocristatus
b. Tiger – Pantheratigeris
c. Man -Homosapiens
d. Domestic crow – Salcopopsindica
Answer:
d. Domestic crow – Salcopopsindica

Question 14.
Find the correct match.
1. John ray -a. Five kingdom concept
2. Linnaeus -b. Cladogram
3. Ernest Haeckel -c. Binomial nomenclature
4. R.H. Whittaker – d. Methodus Plantarum
a. 1 -d,2-c,3-b,4-a
b. 1-a,2-b,3-c,4-d
c. 1 – c, 2 – a, 3 – b, 4 – d
d. 1 – d, 2 – c, 3 – a, 4 – b
Answer:
a. 1 -d,2-c,3-b,4-a

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World
Question 15.
Where are the 80s and 70s ribosomes seen in Eukaryotic cells?
a. Cytoplasm – Chloroplast
b. Mitochondrial – Golgi apparatus
c. Chloroplast – Endo plasm reticulum
d. Nucleus – Lysosomes
Answer:
a. Cytoplasm – Chloroplast

( 2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
Classification of organisms is necessary.
Answer:
Classification of organisms is necessary to recognize, identify them, and differentiate closely related species.

Question 2.
What are the unique characteristic features of living organisms?
Answer:

  • Cellular organization
  • Nutrition
  • Respiration
  • Metabolism
  • Movement
  • Reproduction
  • Excretion
  • Homeostasis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 3.
The mating between different species produces sterile offsprings.
Answer:
The maternal and paternal chromosomes of the offsprings produced by the mating between different species are not identical and hence gametes are not produced by meiotic division.

Question 4.
What are the scientific stages of taxonomy?
Answer:

  • Characterization
  • Identification
  • Nomenclature
  • Classification

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 5.
Why are molecular tools used now to study taxonomy?
Answer:
Molecular tools are accurate and authentic. Hence they are used to study taxonomy.

Question 6.
What is phylogenetic or cladistics classification?
Answer:
It is a classification based on evolution and genetic relationship.

Question 7.
What is the phylogenetic tree?
Answer:
It’s a method of representing evolutionary relationships with the help of a tree diagram known as a cladogram.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 8.
What is a cladogram?
Answer:
Arranging organisms on the basis of their similar or derived characters produced a phylogenetic tree or cladogram.

Question 9.
What are the three domains of life indicate?
Answer:
This system emphasizes the separation of prokaryotes into two domains.

Question 10.
How Archaea differ from bacteria?
Answer:
If differs in cell wall composition and in membrane composition and rRNA type.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 11.
What is the seven taxonomic hierarchy?
Answer:

  1. Kingdom
  2. Phyla
  3. Class
  4. Order
  5. Family
  6. Genus
  7. Species

Question 12.
Define species?
Answer:
It is a group of animals having similar morphological features and is reproductively isolated to produce fertile offspring.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 13.
Define ‘Family’?
Answer:
It is a taxonomic category which includes a group of related genera with less similarity as compared to genus and species.

Question 14.
Define order?
Answer:
Order is an assemblage of one or more related families which show few common features. (Eg) Family Candiae and Felidae are placed in the order Carnivora.

Question 15.
Define class.
Answer:
Class includes one or more related orders with some common characters.

Question 16.
Define Phylum.
Answer:
The group of classes with similar distinctive characteristics constitute phylum.

Question 17.
Define animal kingdom.
Answer:
All living animals belonging to various phyla are included in the kingdom.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 18.
What are the features that we have to keep in mind in naming them scientifically?
Answer:

  • Morphology
  • Genetic information
  • Habitat
  • Feeding pattern
  • Adaptations
  • Evolutions

Question 19.
On whose guidelines naming animals in a scientific way is done?
Answer:
The naming of the organism is based on the guidelines of the international code of Zoological nomenclature.

Question 20.
What are taxonomical keys?
Answer:
Keys are based on a comparative analysis of the similarities and dissimilarities of organisms. There are separate keys for different taxonomic categories.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 21.
What is a museum?
Answer:
Biological museums have a collection of preserved plants and animals for study and ready reference.

Question 22.
Define Zoological parks.
Answer:
These are places where wild animals are kept in protected environments under human care.
It enables us to study their food habits and behaviour.

Question 23.
What are marine parks?
Answer:
Marine organisms are maintained in protected environments.

Question 24.
What are printed taxonomical tools?
Answer:

  • Identification cards
  • Description
  • Field guides
  • Manuals

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 25.
What is the phylogenetic tree?
Answer:
It is the inferred evolutionary relationships upon similarities and differences in their physical or genetic characters.

Question 26.
Define phylogeny.
Answer:
Relationships among various biological species based upon similarities and differences in their physical or genetic characteristics.

Question 27.
What are shared characters?
Answer:
A shared character is one that two lineages have in common.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 28.
What are derived characters?
Answer:
Derived character is one that evolved in the lineage leading up to a clade.

Question 29.
Vandaloor Zoological park.
Answer:

  • It is situated in the South-Western Part of Chennai.
  • It spreads over an area of 1500 acres.
  • It is one of the largest zoological parks in India.
  • The Zoo houses 2553 species of both flora and fauna.

( 3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
Define ecosystem.
Answer:
The ecosystem is defined as a community of living organisms (plants and animals), non-living things (minerals, climate, soil, sunlight, and water), and their interrelationships, e.g. Forest and grassland.

Question 2.
On which criteria the systematic classification is done?
Answer:

  • Evolutionary history.
  • Environmental adaptations.
  • Environmental relationship.
  • The interrelationship between species.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 3.
Give an account of Aristotle’s classification?
Answer:

  •  In his book ‘History of Animals,’ he classifies plants and animals into two categories.
  • Based on locomotion walking, flying, swimming,
  • He classifies the organisms on the basis of blood.
  • He classifies the animals into two as ‘Enaima’ with blood and those without blood as’ Anaima’

Question 4.
Who has developed the five kingdom classification?
Answer:

  1. R.H. Whittaker proposed the five-kingdom classification.
  2. It is based on cell structure.
  3. Mode of nutrition.
  4. Mode of reproduction.
  5. Phylogenetic relationships.

The kingdoms are

  • Monera
  • Protista
  • Fungi
  • Plantae
  • Animalia

Question 5.
What are the special features of frogs that are identified in Western Gauts?
Answer:

  • This frog has shiny purple skin.
  • There is a light blue ring around the eyes.
  • It has a pointy big nose.
  • It’s Zoological name Nasikabatrachus Bhupathi.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 6.
What is trinomial nomenclature
Answer:
Giving three names to the species is meant as trinomial nomenclature.
When members of any species have large variations then a trinomial system is used.
The species is classified into subspecies and this is an extension of binominal nomenclature system which has an addition of subspecies. Followed by Genus name species subspecies name is also added.

Question 7.
What are the limitations of Aristotle’s classification?
Answer:
Many organisms were not fitting into his classification. Frogs have lungs and they are amphibians while their larva, the tadpole is aquatic and respires through gills. It is difficult to classify frogs according to his method. All flying organisms such as birds, bats, flying insects were grouped together. Ostrich, emu and a penguin are flightless birds and hence they cannot be classified by his method.

 (5 marks)

V. Essay Questions

Question 1.
List the defects of Aristotle’s classification.
Answer:

  • Aristotle’s classification system had limitations and many organisms were not fitting into his classification.
  • The tadpoles of frog are born in water and have gills but when they metamorphosed into adult frogs they have lungs and can live both in water and on land. There is no answer to this question.
  • Based on locomotion birds bats and flying insects were grouped either just by observing one single characteristic feature the flying ability.
  • On the contrary to the above-said example, the ostrich emu and penguin are all birds but cannot fly. He did not classify them as birds.

Question 2.
What is special about the Domain Archaea?
Answer:

  • This domain includes single-celled organisms the prokaryotes.
  • They have the ability to grow in extreme conditions like volcano vents hot springs and polar ice caps hence are called extremophiles.
  • They are capable of synthesizing their food without sunlight and oxygen by utilizing hydrogen sulphide and other chemicals from the volcanic vents.
  • Some of them produced methane.
  • Few live in salty environments and called Halophiles.
  • Some thrive in acidic environments and are called thormoacidophiles.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 3.
What is special about the domain bacteria?
Answer:

  1. Bacterias are prokaryotic.
  2. They do not have a definite nucleus and do not have histones.
  3. They have circular DNA.
  4. They do not possess membrane-bound organelles except for 70s ribosomes.
  5. Their cell wall contains peptidoglycans.
  6. Many are decomposers. Some are photo-synthesizers and few cause diseases.
  7. There are beneficial probiotic bacteria. (Eg.) Cyanobacteria produce oxygen.

Question 4.
What is the significance of cladistic classification?
Answer:
Cladistic classification takes into account ancestral characters (traits commons for the entire group) and derived characters (traits whose structure and function differ from the ancestral characters). The accumulation of derived characters resulted in the formation of new subspecies.

Question 5.
What are the basic roles to be followed in naming the animals?
Answer:

  • The scientific name should be italicized in printed form and if handwritten it should be underlined separately.
  • The generic name’s first alphabet should be in uppercase.
  • The specific name should be in lower case.
  • The scientific names of any two organisms are not similar.
  • The name of the scientist who first publishes the scientific name may be written after the species name along with the year of publication.
  • (Eg.) Lion – Felis Leo Linn . 1758 (or) Felis Leo L. 1758

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 1 The Living World

Question 6.
What are the rules to be followed in the nomenclature of organisms?
Answer:
The scientific name should be italicized in printed form and the generic name and specific name should be underlined separately if it is handwritten.

  • The first alphabet of the generic name should be of uppercase.
  • The specific name (species) should be in lower case letters.
  • The name or abbreviated name of the scientist who first published the scientific name may be written after the specific (species) name along with the year of publication, e.g. Felis Leo Linn., 1958.
  • If the specific (species) name is framed after any person’s name, the name of the species shall end with i, ii, or ae. e.g. Ground – dwelling lizard Cyrtodactylus varadgirii.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Pdf Chapter 11 Transport in Plants Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

11th Bio Botany Guide Transport in Plants Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – I

Question 1.
In a fully turgid cell:
(a) DPD = 10 atm; OP = 5 atm; TP = 10 atm
(b) DPD = 0 atm; OP =10 atm; TP = 10 atm
(c) DPD = 0 atm; OP = 5 atm; TP = 10 atm
(d) DPD = 20 atm; OP = 20 atm; TP = 10 atm
Answer:
(b) DPD = 0 atm; OP =10 atm; TP = 10 atm

Question 2.
Which among the following is correct?
i) apoplast is fastest and operate in nonliving part
ii) Transmembrane route includes vacuole
in) Symplast interconnect the nearby cell through plasma desmata
iv) Symplast and the transmembrane route is in the living part of the cell
a) i and ii
b) ii and iii
c) iii and iv
d) i, ii, iii, iv
Answer:
d) i, ii, iii, iv

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 3.
What type of transpiration is possible in the xerophyte Opuntia?
(a) Stomatal
(b) Lenticular
(c) Cuticular
(d) All the above
Answer:
(b) Lenticular

Question 4.
Stomata of a plant open due to
a) Influx of K+
b) Effrilx of K+
c) Influx of Cl
d) Influx of OH
Answer:
a) Influx of K+

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 5.
Munch hypothesis is based on:
(a) translocation of food due to TP gradient and imbibition force
(b) ranslocation of food due to TP
(c) translocation of food due to imbibition force
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) ranslocation of food due to TP

Question 6.
If the concentration of salt in the soil is too high and the plants may wilt even if the field is thoroughy irrigated. Explain
Answer:
High salt concentration results in high be osmotic potential of the soil solution, so the plant has to use more energy to absorb water. Under extreme salinity conditions, plants may be unable to absorb water and will wilt even if the surrounding soil is thoroughly irrigated. This is also referred to as the osmotic or water deficit effect of salinity.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 7.
How phosphorylase enzyme open the stomata in starch sugar interconversion theory?
Answer:

  • The discovery of enzyme phosphorylase in guard cells by Hanes (1940) greatly supports the starch-sugar interconversion theory.
  • The enzyme phosphorylase hydrolyses starch into sugar and high PH followed and the opening takes place during the night.

Day:

1.Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 1
2. Photosynthesis occur
3. pH – increased
4. Movement of water from
5. subsidiary cells to guard cells
6. Guard cells become turgid
7. Opening of stomata

Night:

1. Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 2

2. No Photosynthesis
3. pH – lowered
4. Movement of water from guard cells
5. Guard cells become flaccid
6. Closure of stomata

Question 8.
List out the non-photosynthetic parts of a plant that need a supply of sucrose?
Answer:
The non-photosynthetic parts of a plant that need a supply of sucrose:

  1. Roots
  2. Tubers
  3. Developing fruits and
  4. Immature leaves.

Question 9.
What are the parameters which control water potential?
Answer:
1. Slatyer and Taylor (1960) introduced the concept of water potential.
Definition – water potential is the potential energy of water in a system – compared to pure water when temperature and pressure are kept constant.

2. It is also a measure of how freely water molecules can move in a particular environment or system. Water potential is denoted by the Greek symbol  Ψ (psi) and measured in Pascal (Pa). At standard temperature, the water potential of pure water is zero

3. Addition of solute to pure water decreases the kinetic energy thereby decreasing the water potential, from zero to negative.

4. So, Comparatively a solution always has low water potential than pure water. In a group of cells with different water potential, a water potential gradient is generated.

5. Water will move from higher water potential to lower water potential.
When potential ( Ψ) can be determined by. Solute concentration or Solute potential ( Ψs) Pressure potential ( Ψp)
By correlating two factors, water potential is written as (Ψws)+Ψp

a) Solute potential (Ψs) or Osmotic potential

  • Denotes the effect of dissolved solute on water potential.
  • In pure water, the addition of solute reduces its free energy and lowers the water potential value from zero to negative.
  • Thus the value of solute potential is always negative. In a solution at standard atmospheric pressure, water potential is always equal to solute potential (Ψw = Ψs ).

b) Pressure Potential (Ψp)

  • Pressure potential is a mechanical force working against the effect of solute potential.
  • Increased pressure potential will increase water potential and water enters cells and cells become turgid.
  • This positive hydrostatic pressure within the cell is called Turgor, pressure likewise, withdrawal of water from the cell decreases the water potential and the cell becomes flaccid.

Question 10.
An artificial cell made of selectively permeable membrane immersed in a beaker (in the figure) Read the values and answer the following questions?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 3
a) Draw an arrow to indicate the direction of water movement
b) Is the solution outside the cell isotonic, hypotonic or hypertonic?
c) Is the cell isotonic, hypotonic, or hypertonic?
d) Will the cell become more flaccid, more turgid or stay in original size?
e) With reference to artifical cell state, the process is endomosis or exomosis? Give reasons
Answer:
a)
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 4
(b) Outside solution in hypotonic.
(c) The cell is hypertonic.
(d) The cell becomes more turgid.
(e) The process is endo – osmosis because the solvent (water) moves inside the cell.

Reason: Endomosis is defined as the osmotic entry of solvent into a cell when it is placed in pure water/Hypotonic solution. The solution in the beaker outside the cell is pure water. ( Ψw = 0), and water enters into the artificial cell which is placed inside the beaker of pure water, (i.e) from hypotonic to hypertonic solution.

Part II 

11th Bio Botany Guide Transport in Plants Additional Important Questions and Answers

I – Choose The Correct Answers

Question 1.
In plants, cell to cell transport is aided by:
(a) diffusion alone
(b) osmosis alone
(c) imbibition alone
(d) all the three above
Answer:
(d) all the three above

Question 2.
The smell from a lightened incense stick or mosquito coil or open perfume bottle in a closed room is due to
a) Osmosis
b) Facilitated diffusion
c) Simple diffusion
d) imbibition
Answer:
c. Simple diffusion

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 3.
Which of the following statements are correct?
(i) Cell membranes allow water and non-polar molecules to permeate by simple diffusion.
(ii) Polar molecules like amino acids can also diffuse through the membrane.
(iii) Smaller molecules diffuse faster than larger molecules.
(iv) Larger molecules diffuse faster than smaller molecules.

(a) (i) and (iv) only
(b) (i) and (iii) only
(c) (i) and (ii) only
(d) (ii) and (iv) only
Answer:
(b) (i) and (iii) only

Question 4.
Solute potential is also known as
a) Water potential
b) Pressure potential
c) Osmotic potential
d) Maic potential
Answer:
c. Osmotic potential

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 5.
The swelling of dry seeds is due to a phenomenon called:
(a) osmosis
(b) transpiration
(c) imbibition
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) imbibition

Question 6.
Cell A has an osmotic potential of -20 bars and a pressure potential of +6 bars. What will be its water potential?
a) -14 bars
b) +14 bars
c) -20 bars
d) +20 bars
Answer:
a. -14 bars

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 7.
The OP and TP of two pairs of cells A – B, and X-Y are under
a) Cell A: OP=-I0atm, TP=4atm
b) Cell B : OP = l0atm, TP = 6atm
c) Cell X: Op =-l0atm, TP = 4atm
d) CeIlY: OP = -Katm, TP = 4atm
The net movement of water shall be from
a) A toB and X to Y
b) A to B and Y toX
c) B to A and X to Y
d) B to A and Y to X
Answer:
d. B to A and Y to X

Question 8.
Water potential is influenced by which of the two factors among the given four
I) Concentration
II) Pressure
III) Temperature
IV) gravity
a) I & II
b) II & III
c) III & IV
d) I & IV
Answer:
a) I & II

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 9.
………………………. is equal to TP and is positive except plasmolysed cell and in xylem vessel where it is negative
a) Water potential
b) Pressure potential
c) Solute potential
d) Hydrostatic potential
Answer:
b. Pressure potential

Question 10.
Diffusion Pressure Deficit (DPD) was termed by Meyer in:
(a) 1928
(b) 1828
(c) 1936
(d) 1938
Answer:
(d) 1938

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 11.
Imbibants present in plants are generally
a) Hydrothermic
b) Hydrostatic
c) Hydrophilic
d) Hydrophobic
Answer:
c. Hydrophilic

Question 12.
Kramer (1949) recognised two distinct mechanisms, which independently operate in the absorption of water in plants are:
(a) osmosis and diffusion
(b) imbibition and diffusion
(c) diffusion and absorption
(d) active absorption and passive absorption
Answer:
(d) active absorption and passive absorption

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 13.
Root pressure is totally apsent in Gymnosperms because
a) Trachea absent
b) Tracheids absent
c) Trees are tall
d) Trees are comparatively short
Answer:
a. Trachea absent

Question 14.
When respiratory inhibitors like KCN, chloroform are applied:
(a) there is a decrease in the rate of respiration and an increase in the rate of absorption of water.
(b) there is an increase in the rate of respiration and a decrease in the rate of absorption of water.
(c) there is a decrease in the rate of respiration and also a decrease in the rate of absorption of water.
(d) there is an increase in the rate of respiration and also in the rate of absorption of water.
Answer:
(c) there is a decrease in the rate of respiration and also a decrease in the rate of absorption of water.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 15.
Find the DPD in a flaccid cell if its OP is 10
a) 20
b) 30
c) 10
d) 40
Answer:
c.10

Question 16.
Pulsation theory was proposed by:
(a) Strasburger
(b) Godsey
(c) J.C. Bose
(d) C.V. Raman
Answer:
(c) J.C. Bose

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 17.
When a cell is kept in 0.5m solution of sucrose it’s volume does not alter. If the same cell is placed in 0.5M solution of sodium chloride, the volume of the cell
a) Increase
b) Decrease
c) cell will be pIasrnoysed
d) Will does not show any change
Answer:
d. Will does not show any change

Question 18.
Indicate the correct statements:
(i) Root pressure is absent in gymnosperms.
(ii) Root pressure is totally absent in angiosperms.
(iii) There is a relationship between the ascent of sap and root pressure.
(iv) There is no relationship between the ascent of sap and root pressure.

(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (ii) and (iv)
(d) (i) and (iv)
Answer:
(d) (i) and (iv)

Match The Following & Find Out The Correct Order

Question 19.
I) Water potential – A) Turgor pressure
II) Solute potential – B) Osmotic potential + Pressure potential
III) Matric potential – C) Osmotic potential
IV) Pressure potential – D) Imbibition pressure
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 5
Answer:
b) B C D A

Question 20.
I) Leaves – A) Antitransport
II) Seed – B) Transpiration
III) Roots – C) Negative osmotic potential
IV) Aspirin – D) Imbibition
V) Plasmolyced cell – E. Absorption
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 6
Answer:
a) C B D E A

Question 21.
I) Transport of substance from a region of lower concentration to a region of higher concentration is with the expenditure of energy – A. Antiport
II) The movement of two types of molecules across the membrane in opposite direction – B. Symport The movement of a molecule across III) a membrane independent of other molecules – C. Active port
IV) The movement of two types of molecules across the membrane in the same direction – D. Uniport
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 7
Answer:
c) C D A B

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 22.
I) Passive transport – A) Uphill transport
II) Active transport – B) Short distance transport
HI) Cell to cell transport – C) Long-distance transport
IV) Ascent of sap – D) Downhill transport
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 8
Answer:
b) D A B C

Question 23.
The length and breadth of stomata is:
(a) about 10 – 30μ and 2 – 10μ respectively
(b) about 10 – 14μ and 3 – 10μ respectively
(c) about 10 – 40μ and 3 – 10μ respectively
(d) about 5 – 30μ and 5 – 10μ respectively
Answer:
(c) about 10 – 40μ and 3 – 10μ respectively

Question 24.
A membrane that permits the solvent and not the solute to pass through it is termed is
a) Permeable,
b) impermeable
c) semipermeable
d) differentially permeable
Answer:
c. Semi permeable

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 25.
Who did observe that stomata open in light and close in the night:
(a) Unger
(b) Sachs
(c) Boehm
(d) Von Mohl
Answer:
(d) Von Mohl

Question 26.
The phosphorylase enzyme in guard cells supports the starch-sugar interconversion theory. The above reaction is:
(a) oxidation reaction
(b) hydrolyses reaction
(c) reduction reaction
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) hydrolyses reaction

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 27.
If a cell kept in a solution of unknown concentration gets deplasmolysed the solution is
a) hypotonic
b) hypertonic
c) isotonic
d) detonic
Answer:
a. hypotonic

Question 28.
A cell placed in a strong salt solution will shrink because
a) the cytoplasm will decompose
b) mineral salts will break the cell wall
c) salt will leave the cell
d) water will leave by exosmosis
Answer:
d. water will leave by exosmosis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 29.
Phenyl Mercuric Acetate (PMA), when applied as a foliar spray to plants:
(a) induces partial stomatal closure for two weeks.
(b) induces partial stomatal opening for two weeks.
(c) induces partial stomatal closure for four weeks.
(d) induces stomatal closure permanently
Answer:
(a) induces partial stomatal closure for two weeks.

Question 30.
The osmotic pressure of cell sap is maximum in
a) Hydrophytes
b) Halophytes
c) Xerophytes
d) Mesophytes
Answer:
b. Halophytes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 31.
Say true or false and on that basis choose the right answer.
I) In facilitated diffusion, molecules move across the cell membrane with the help of special proteins, with the expenditure of energy
II) Porin is a larger transport protein, facilitates smaller molecules to pass through.
III) Aquaporins are recognized to transport urea, CO2, NH3 metalloid & ROS
IV) The carrier proteins structure does not get modified due to its association with the molecules
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 9
Answer:
d. False True True False

Question 32.
I) Hypertonic is a strong solution (low solvent/high solute/ low Ψ )
II) Hypotonic is a weak solution (high solvent/low or zero solutes/ high Ψ)
III) Hypertonic is the weak solution (high solvent/low or zero solutes/high Ψ)
IV) Hypotonic is a strong solution (low solvent / high solute/low Ψ)
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 10
Answer:
b. True True False False

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 33.
From sieve elements sucrose is translocated into sink organs such as root, tubers etc and this process is termed as:
(a) Xylem unloading
(b) Xylem uploading
(c) Phloem unloading
(d) Phloem uploading
Answer:
(c) Phloem unloading

Question 34.
The value of pure water is zero in which three aspects of the given options
I) Osmotic pressure
II) Osmotic potential
III) Water potential
IV) Pressure potential
a) I, II, & III
b) II, III & IV
c) I, Ill & IV
d) I, II & IV
Answer:
a. I, II & III

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 35.
Gases such as oxygen and carbon dioxide cross the cell membrane by
a) Passive diffusion through the lipid bilayer
b) Primary active transport
c) Specific gas transport proteins
d) Secondary active transport
Answer:

Question 36.
Hydathodes are generally present in plants that grow in:
(a) dry places
(b) moist and shady places
(c) sunny places
(d) deserts
Answer:
(b) moist and shady places

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 37.
Why sugars are transported in the form of su-crose in phloem?
a) It is inactive and highly soluble
b) It is active
c) It yields high ATP
d) It is lighter in weight.
Answer:
a. It is inactive and highly soluble

Question 38.
Unloading of pholem at sink includes
a) Passive transport
b) diffusio
c) Osmosis
d) Active transport
Answer:
d. Active transport

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 39.
The liquid coming out of the hydathode of grasses is:
(a) pure water
(b) not pure water
(c) a solution containing a number of dissolved substances
(d) saltwater
Answer:
(c) a solution containing a number of dissolved substances

Question 40.
In a flaccid cell
a) DPD = OP
b) DPD = TP
c) TP = OP
d) OP = O
Answer:
a. DPD = OP

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 41.
The pathway of water movement involving living part of a cell is
a) Apoplast pathway
b) symplast pathway
c) Transmembrane pathway
d) Lateral conduction
Answer:
b. Symplast pathway

Question 42.
The ascent of sap is
a) Upward movement of water in plants
b) downward movement of water in plants
c) upward and downward movement of water plants
d) None of the above
Answer:
a. upward movement of the water plants

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 43.
High tensile strength of water is due to
a) Adhesion only
b) cohesion only
c) Both (a) and (b)
d) None of these
Answer:
c. Both (a) and (b)

Question 44.
Maximum transpiration occur in
a) Mesophytes
b) Xerophytes
c) Hydrophytes
d) Epiphytes
Answer:
a. Mesophytes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 45.
Supply ends in transport of solutes are
a) green leaves
b) root and stem
c) xylem and phloem
d) Hormones and enzymes
Answer:
c. Xylem and phloem

Question 46.
For guttation in plants, the process responsible is
a) Root pressure
b) Atmospheric pressure
c) Imbibition
d) None of these
Answer:
a. Root pressure

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 47.
Which of the following theories for Ascent of sap was proposed by famous Indian scientist. J.C. Bose.
a) Transpiration pull theory
b) Pulsation theory
c) Root pressure theory
d) Atmospheric pressure theory
Answer:
b. Pulsation theory

Question 48.
Which of the following plant material is an efficient water imbibant?
a) Lignin
b) Pectin
c) Cellulose
d) Agar
Answer:
d. Agar

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 49.
Which of the following helps in the Ascent of sap?
a) Root pressure
b) Transpiration
c) Capillarity
d) All the above
Answer:
d. All the above

Question 50.
In a girdled plant which of the following dies first?
a) Shoot
b) root
c) Both die simultaneously
d) None – the plant survives
Answer:
b. root

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 51.
Assertion:-A Imbibition is also diffusion
Reason -R The movement of water in the above process is along a concentration gradient.
a) Both A and Rare true and R is correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
c) A true but R false
d) Both A and Rare false
Answer:
a) Both A and R are True and R is correct explanation of A

Question 52.
Assertion: – A In rooted plant, the transport of water and minerals in xylem is essentially multi-directional
Reason – R Organic compound and nuitrient undergoes undirectional transport only
Answer:
d) Both A and R are false

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 53.
Assertion: – A The adsorption of water by solid particles of an adsorbant with out forming a solution is known as imbibition
Reason: – R The liquid which is imbided is known as imbibate
Answer:
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A

Question 54.
Assertion: – A In phloem loading, food is transported to the sink
Reason – R Food is transported from source to sink ‘
Answer:
d) Both Assertion ‘A’ and Reason ‘R’ are false

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 55.
Assertion – A: Xylem a principal water conducting ’
Reason -R: It has been recognised by girdling or ringing experiments
Answer:
a) Both A and R are True R is the correct explanation of A

Question 56.
Assertion: – A In phloem, sugar are translocated in non reducing form
Reason – R Non reducing sugars are most reactive sugars
Answer:
c) Assertion is true but Reason is false

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 57.
Assertion: AIn ringing experiment a narrow continuous band of tissues external to the phloem is removed
Reason: R Ringing experiment proves that phloem is involved in water transport ’
Answer:
d) Both A and R are false

II. Two Mark Questions

Question 1.
What is the need for the transport of materials in plants?
Answer:
Water absorbed from roots must travel up to leaves by xylem for food preparation by photosynthesis. Likewise, food prepared from leaves has to travel to all parts of the plant including roots.

Question 2.
What is osmosis
Answer:
It is a special type of diffusion almost same like simple diffusion but has a selectively permeable membrane is here, through which osmosis occur.
(OR)
It is the movement of water molecules from a place of its higher concentration, to the place of its lower concentration through a semipermeable membrane.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 3.
Define the term diffusion.
Answer:
The net movement of molecules from a region of their higher concentration to a region of their lower concentration along a concentration gradient until an equilibrium is attained.

Question 4.
The touch me plant closes its leaves at the touch – Explain.
Answer:

  • In the ‘Touch me not’ plant the touching act as stimulus, and it closes the leaves.
  • When we touch the plant, at that time the stem releases some chemicals, which force water to move out of the cell leading to the loss of Turgor pressure and the leaves droop down However after sometime they become normal.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 5.
What is meant by Porin?
Answer:
Porin is a large transporter protein found in the outer membrane of plastids, mitochondria and bacteria which facilitates smaller molecules to pass through the membrane.

Question 6.
Define water potential
Answer:

  • The potential energy of water in a system compared to pure water when both temperature and pressure are ketp same.
  • It is a measure of how freely water molecules can move in a given environment
  • Water potential of pure water is = 0

Question 7.
Define Diffusion Pressure Deficit.
Answer:

  • Termed by Meyer (1938)
  • The difference between the Diffusion pressure of the solution and its solvent at a particular temperature and atmospheric pressure of the solution and its solvent at a particular temperature and atmospheric pressure is called DPD.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 8.
Differentiate between short distance and Long Distance Transport.
Answer:

SDT LDT
1. Cell to cell Transport
Involve few cells ni lateral direction
Transport with in the network of xylem and
phloem
2. Connecting link to xylem bind phloem from root hairs to leaf tissues Direct vertical – main Transport
3. Eg. Diffusion, Osmosis etc 4. Eg. Ascent of sap & Translocation of solutes.

Question 9.
Differentiate between Passive & Active Transport
Answer:

PT AT
1. Down hill Transport (Phyical) Up hill Transport (Biological)
2. Occur According to concentration gradient Occur against concentration gradient
3. No expenditure of energy There is expenditure of energy obtained from Respiration
4. Eg. Diffusion – Facilitated Diffusion osmosis etc. Eg. Na+ K+ ATP are pump.

Question 10.
Give two examples of the phenomenon of Imbibition.
Answer:
two examples for the phenomenon of Imbibition:

  1. The swelling of dry seeds.
  2. The swelling of wooden windows, tables, doors due to high humidity during the rainy season.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 11.
Explain carbonic Acid Exchange theory.
Answer:

  • Soil solution act as a medium of ion-exchange
  • The CO2 released by roots combine with water to form carbonic acid (H2CO3)
  • Carbonic acid dissociates into H+ + HCO3 in the soil solution.
  • H+ ions exchange with cations adsorbed on clay particles and cations from micelles get released int c.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 11

Question 12.
Give Answer in a sentence or two Distinguish between (i) Exomosis & Endomosis (ii) Apoplast & Symplast (iii) Cohesion & Adhesion (v) Influx & Efflux
Answer:

I) Exomosis Endomosis
The osmotic outflow of water, when cell placed in hypertonic solution Osmotic inflow into the cell when placed in hypotonic solution or water
Eg. Preservation of Jam, Jellies, pickles Eg. Swelling of Dry grapes placed in water
II) Apoplast Symplast
System of adjacent cell walls – continuous throughout except at the asparian strips of endodermis in the roots System of interconnected protoplasts of neighbouring cells in plants
III) Cohesion Adhesion
Attraction between molecules of a similar kind The attraction between molecules of different kind
IV) Influx Efflux
The entry of ion into the cell is known as Influx The exit of ion from the cell into outside is known as Efflux
It can be active or passive It can be active or passive.

Question 13.
What is meant by osmotic pressure?
Answer:
When a solution and its solvent (pure water) are separated by a semipermeable membrane, the pressure is developed in the solution, due to the presence of dissolved solutes. This is called osmotic pressure (OP).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 14.
Define Root Pressure.
Answer:

  • Stephen Hales – coined the term
  • Stoking (1956) Defined the term.
  • A pressure developing in the tracheary elements of the xylem as a result of metabolic activities of the root.

Question 15.
Define the term osmosis.
Answer:
Osmosis (Latin: Osmos – impulse, urge) is a special type of diffusion. It represents the movement of water or solvent molecules through a selectively permeable membrane from the place of its higher concentration (high water potential) to the place of its lower concentration (low water potential).

Question 16.
Why plants transport sugars as sucrose and not as starch or Monosaccharide (Glucose & Fructose)
Answer:

Name Type Properties
1.Starch Polysaccharide (non reducing sugar) Insoluble in water cann’t be transport
2. Glucose & Fructose Monosaccharides (reducing sugar) Soluble in water but less efficient in energy storage & reactive
3. Sucrose Disaccharide(non reducing sugar) Soluble in water, even at high concentration, low viscosity, more efficient in energy storage no reducing ends make it inert than glucose & Fructose.

Question 17.
What are the three types of plasmolysis?
Answer:
Three types of plasmolysis occur in plants:

  1. Incipient plasmolysis
  2. Evident plasmolysis
  3. Final plasmolysis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 18.
Identify the diagram and Neatly label the parts
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 12
The given diagram is the structure of Hydathode
A-Guard cell
B-Epithem
C-Tracheids

Question 19.
Identify the Diagram & Label the parts.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 13
The given diagram explain Reverse osmosis
A – Pressure
B – Pure water
C – Saltwater
D – Membrane

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 20.
Differentiate between Ascent of sap and Translocation of solute.
Answer:

Ascent of sap Translocation of solute
The upward transport of water along with dissolved minerals from roots to the aerial parts is called as Ascent of sap. The transport of food from the site of synthesis to the site of utilization or from source to sink is known as Translocation of organic solutes (a dissolved substance)
Occur through Xylem Occur through Phloem

Question 21.
Give any two objections to starch-sugar interconversion theory.
Answer:
Two objections to starch – sugar interconversion theory:

  1. In monocots, the guard cell does not have starch.
  2. There is no evidence to show the presence of sugar at a time when starch disappears and stomata open.

Question 22.
Differentiate between cuticular and Lenticular Transpiration.
Answer:

Cuticular Transpiration Lenticular Transpiration
Loss of water through cuticle is known as cuticular Transpiration Some pores
It is only about 5 to 10% of the total Transpiration Present on the woody surface of stem (bark) are known as Lenticels
The thicker the cuticle, the lesser will be the Transpiration. Eg. xerophytes The loss of water from the lenticel is Lenticular Transpiration – It is only about 0.1 % of the total.

Question 23.
Mention any two uses of anti – transpirants.
Answer:
Two uses of anti – transpirants:

  1. Anti – transpirants reduce the enormous loss of water by transpiration in crop plants.
  2. Useful for seedling transplantations in nurseries.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 24.
Give notes an Aquaporin.
Answer:

  • Water pore – Aquaporin in KBC was discovered by Peter Agre (Nobel Prize for chemistry – 2003)
  • Water channel protein is present in PM.
  • Regulate the massive amount of water transport across PM
  • 30 types of Aquaporins are known from maize

They also transporter

  • glycerol
  • urea
  • CO2
  • NH
  • metalloids & Reactive oxygen species (ROS)

Function:

  • They increase the permeability of the membrane of water
  • They confer drought and salt, stress tolerance.

Question 25.
Define the term Ion – Exchange.
Answer:
Ions of external soil solution are exchanged with the same charged (anion for anion or cation for cation) ions of the root cells.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 26.
A. Differentiate between Cohesion and Adhesion and
B. Add a note on their significance.
Answer:
A.

Cohesion Adhesion
The strong mutual attraction between water molecules is called cohesion or cohesive force. The Attraction between a water molecule and the wall of the xylem element is called adhesion.

B. The cohesive and Adhesive forces work together to form an unbroken continuous water column in xylem.
The magnitude of cohesive force is much high (350 atm) and is more than enough to ascent sap in the tallest
trees.

III. 3 Mark Questions

Question 1.
Compare and Contrast Diffusion & Osmosis.
Answer:

Diffusion Osmosis
1. The net movement of molecules from a region of their higher concentration to a region of their lower concentration along a concentration gradient until an equilibrium is attained It is a special type of diffusion – There is movement of water or solvent molecules through a selectively permeable membrane from a place of its higher concentration to its lower concentration until an equilibrium is attained.
2. it is independent of the living system It is also independent of the living system
3. Passive process Passive process
4. Obvious in solids gases & liquids Only in liquid molecules Eg. diffusion of sugar in water Eg. Dry grapes, when kept in water swells, & becomes turgid.

Question 2.
Differentiate between osmotic pressure it and osmotic potential
Answer:

Osmotic pressure Osmotic potential
1. The hydrostatic pressure developed in a solution. due to the presence of dissolved solutes when it is separated from a pure solvent by a semi-permeable membrane. The ratio between the number of solvent particles and the number of solute particles in a solution or (lowering of free energy of water in a system due to the presence of solute particles
2. develops only in a confined system. develops in confined or an open system
3. The value is positive, though it is numerically equal to osmotic potential The value is negative though it is numerically opposite to osmotic pressure.

Question 3.
Do you have an R.O. Purifier ¡n your house? Explain the principle behind it.
Answer:

  • Yes / No – R.O. is working on the principle of osmosis. but in the reverse direction.
  • In regular osmosis water moves from its higher concentration to its lower concentration through the selectively permeable membrane but here water moves from lower concentration to higher concentration through selectively permeable membrane.
  • Since against concentration gradient, there is the expenditure of energy, to apply pressure, to force water in a reverse direction.
  • Eg- Desalination plants to purify seawater also work like R-O-Purifiers Movement of Water in house hold usage.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 14

Question 4.
Difference between various plasmolysis types
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 15

Question 5.
Define Antitranspirant.
Answer:
Antitranspirant is any material applied to plants to retard or reduce the rate of transpiration – without disturbing the process of gaseous exchange, for respiration and photosynthesis.
Eg. Colourless plastics silicone oil and low viscosity waxes.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 6.
What are the inducers of stomatal closure.
Answer:

  • Natural antitranspirants usually induce stomatal closure
    Eg. CO2 – inhibits photorespiration – thereby induces stomata! closure
  • Some chemicals, when applied as a foliar spray can induce stomatal closure for 2 – 3 weeks.
    Eg. (PMA) Phenyl Mercuric Acetate & (ABA) Abscisic Acid.

Question 7.
Fill in the blanks in the tabulations given below

The Study Year Scientist associated with it
1. The concept of water potential 1960 ………………………………….
2. Active and Passive absorptions 1949 …………………………………
3. Pulsation theory 1923 …………………………………….

Answer:
1) Slatyer & Taylor 2) Kramer 3) J.C. Bose

Question 8.

Nature of membrane Definition Example
1. Impermeable 1. …………………………….. suberized. cutinizedcell walls
2. ………………………………. Allow diffusion of solvent molecules, do not allow the passage of solute molecules Parched paper
3. Selectively permeable biomembranes allow some solutes to pass in addition to solvent molecules 3. ………………………………….

Answer:
1) Inhibit the movement of both solvent and solute molecules
2) Semipermeable
3) Tonoplast & plasmalemma

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 9.
Give the flow chart to cell to cell transport in plants.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 16

Question 10.
Explain the capillary theory of Boehm (1809).
Answer:
Capillary theory: Boehm (1809) suggested that the xylem vessels work like a capillary tube. This capillarity of the vessels under normal atmospheric pressure is responsible for the ascent of sap. This theory was rejected because the magnitude of the capillary force can raise water level only up to a certain height. Further, the xylem vessels are broader than the tracheid which actually conducts more water and against the capillary theory.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 11.
Explain Phloem loading?
Answer:
Definition:
The products of Photosynthesis from the Mesophyll of leaves to sieve elements of phloem is known as phloem loading. (Just like the cement sack manufactured in a factory being loaded in a vehicle to be transported the respective site)
It involves 3 steps.
Step I:

  1. The chloroplast has photosynthate in the form of starch or Trlose phosphate
  2. It is transported to the cytoplasm, where it is converted into Sucrose.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 17

Question 12.
Explain the theory of photosynthesis in guard cells observed by Von Mohl with its demerits.
Answer:
Von Mohl (1856) observed that stomata open in light and close in the night. According to him, chloroplasts present in the guard cells photosynthesize in the presence of light resulting in the production of carbohydrate (Sugar) which increases osmotic pressure in guard cells. It leads to the entry of water from other cells and the stomatal aperture opens. The above process vice versa in the night leads to the closure of stomata.

Demerits:

  1. The chloroplast of guard cells is poorly developed and incapable of performing photosynthesis.
  2. The guard cells already possess much amount of stored sugars.

IV. 5 Mark Questions

Question 1.
Explain ‘routes’ of Water Absorption in the roots.
Answer:

  • Introduction
  • Root hair & other epidermal cells – By imbibition absorb water from soil –
  • By osmosis moves radically & centripetally – across
    • cortex
    • Endodermis
    • Pencycle & Xylem

There are 3 Routes

  • Apoplast
  • Symplast
  • Transmembrane route

I. Apoplast ( GK – Apo – Away) Everything external to PM
1. Cell walls
2. Extra Cellular Space
3. Interior of dead cells (vessel elements Tracheids)
Movement is continuous exclusively through the cell wall or nonliving part of the plant without crossing any membrane.

II. Symplast (GK – Sym = within)
Entire mass of cytosol of all the living cells in a plant + plasmo desmata + inter connecting cytoplasmic channel.
In the movement water has to cross PM, to enter cytoplasm of outer root cell; then move within adjoining
cytoplasm through plasmodesmata around the vacuoles without the necessity to cross more membrane it reaches xylem.

III. Trans – Membrane Route

  • Water enters a cell on one side and exits from the other side.
  • It crusses 2 membranes for each cell (also through to no plast).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 18

Question 2.
Draw & Explain the structure of Stomata.
Answer:
1. Definition:
The epidermis of leaves and green stems possess many small pores called – Stomata

2. Length & Breadth
The length – 10- 40μ The Breadth – 3 – 10μ
Number Mature leaves contain 50- 500 stomata / mm2

3. Structure
a. Guard Cells – A pair of Kidney shaped cells (semilunar) surrounded a small opening called stoma
b. Subsidiary Cells – Guard cells attached to surrounding epidermal cells known as subsidiary cells or accessory cells.

  • The inner wall of guard cell is thicker
  • The stoma open into an interior substomatal cavity.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 19

Question 3.
Explain osmosis by Potato osmoscope Experiment.
Answer:
Aim : To demonstrate osmosis by Potato osmoscope
Apparatus used: Potato tuber, beaker containing water, sugar solution and pin.

Definition:
Diffusion of water or solvent from the region of higher water potential to a region of lower water potential
is known as osmosis.

Procedure:
Take a peeled potato tuber and make a cavity inside with the help of a knife fill the cavity with concentrated sugar solution and mark the initial level.
Place this set up in a beaker containing pure water After 10 minutes observe the sugar solution level and record your observation.

Observation:
There is rise in the level of the solution. in the cavity of the tuber due to osmosis
Inference: Osmosis has occured, through the potato osmoscope
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 20

Question 4.
Measure Transpiration with Ganong’s Photometer
Answer:
Aim: To measure the rate of Transpiration with Ganong’s Potometer
Apparatus needed: Ganong’s Potometer, a twig, beaker, water, split rubber cork, and vaseline.

Procedure:

  • Ganong’s Potometer is a horizontal graduated tube which is bent in opposite directions at the ends.
  • A reservoir is fixed to the horizontal tube hear the wider end Reservoir has stop cock to regulate water flow.
  • A twig is fixed to the wider arm through the split cork. The apparatus is filled with water with water from reservoir.
  • The apparatus is made air tight by applying vaseline.
  • The other bent end of the horizontal tube is dipped into a beaker containing coloured water.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 21

An air bubble is introduced into the graduated tube at the narrow end. Keep the apparatus in bright sunIght
and observe

Observation:
As the twig transpires, the air bubble move towards the twig.
This loss is compensated by water ohsorption from the beaker.

inference:
By the experiment we can study the rate of Transpiration and rate of transpiration is equal to the rate of water absorption.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 5.
Explain Mechanism of Translocation by Munch Mass flow Hypothesis
Answer:
Munch – Proposed it in 1930 Crafts – elaborated it in 1938
Definition: Organic substances (solute) move from a region of high osmotic pressure (mesophyll) to
region of low OP along TP gradient.

Example – Physical system :
Chamber ‘A’ & chamber ‘B’ made up of semi permeable membrane connected by a tube ‘T’
A – Contain highly concentrated sugar solution (hypertonic)
B – Contain dilute sugar solution (hypotonic)
A – draws water from the reservoir by Endosmosis – TP of chamber ‘A’ increased

  • Continuous entry of water in to A – TP increased
  • Flow of solute from chamber A to B thro TP gradient.
  • The movement continues till both Aand B attain isotonic condition (equilibrium)
    (However if new sugar solution added to A system will start to run again)
    Example (Biological system)
  • Chamber A (Source) – (Equivalent to) – Mesophyll cells of leaves (High concentration of soluble food)
  • Chamber B (Sink) – (Equivalent to) – Cells of stem & Roots (Consumption end)
  • TubeT – (Analogous to) – Sieve tube to phloem

Steps :
1. Xylem (Reservoir) – Movement of water (Endomosis) – Mesophyll cells (TP increase)
2. Mesophyll cells (High TP) Source – enmass movement of  organic solutes through Phloem by TP Gradient  – Cells of stem & Root (low TP) (Sink)
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 22

Question 6.
Explain the theory of K+ transport – or Explain the mechanism of stomatal movement
Answer:
Introduction:
Levit (1974) – Proposed it
Raschke (1975) – Elaborated it
Steps:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 23

This process of exchange of ions is called Actie ion exchange ( consume ATP) or Energy

  • Increased K+ ions in the Guard cells – balanced by CP ions
  • Increase in solute concentration (Hypertonic) Decrease in water potential
  • Water enters into Guard cells from subsidiary cells
  • Wall pressure increase Turgor pressure, Turgid guard cells – fall apart & opens the stoma

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 18.2
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 24

  • Exit of H+
  • Intake of K+
  • Exit of K+
  • Loss of H2O
  • Uptake of H2O+
  • Turgidity of Guard Cells
  • Accumulation of CO2 – Lowering of pH
  • Opening of Stoma.
  • Activation of ABA
  • Closure of Stoma.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Question 7.
Explain Cytochrome Pump Theory (or) Explain Carrier concept of Active Absorption, through cytochrome Pump theory.
Answer:
Lunde gardth & Burstom (1933)- Proposed the Cytochrome

Pump theory:

  • There is correlation between Respiration & Anion absorption.
  • when a plant is transferred from water to salt solution, the rate of respiration increases – known as Anion respiration – or salt respiration

The Assumptions of Cytochrome pump theory:

  • The mechanism of anion and cation absorption is different.
  • Anion – absorption – through cytochrome pump or chain by Active process
  • An oxygen gradient is responsible for oxidation at outer surface of the membrane and reduction at the inner surface.

Explanation:

  • On the inner surface, the enzyme dehydrogenase Produces protons (W) and electrons (e)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 27

  • Anions are picked up by oxidized cytochrome oxidase and transferred to the other members of the chain.
  • Theory assumes the passive movement of cations (C+) along the electrical gradient created by the accumulation of anions (A) at the inner surface of the membrane.

Defects :

    • Cations also induce respiration
    • to fail to explain the selective uptake of ions
    • It explains absorption of anions only.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 25

Question 8.
Explain the opening and closing of stomata by a starch – sugar – Interconversion theory.
Answer:
i) Lloyd (1908)
According to him, turgidity of Guard cell is due to interconversion of starch → sugar

  • Day time:
    Guard cells have sugar → so turgid → opening of stomata
  • Nighttime:
    Guard cells have starch → so loose turgidity (become flaccid) → closure of stomata

ii) Sayre (1920)
According to him, the pH of Guard cell determine opening and closing of stomata

  • Day time: Guard cells have high pH →so turgid → opening of stomata
  • Nighttime: Guard cells have low pH → become flaccid → closure of stomata to be elaborate
  • Day time: Utilisation of CO2. in photosynthesis → Starch into sugar → high pH → high Turgor pressure→Opening of Stomata
  • Night Time: No photosynthesis, so the accumulation of CO2 → sugar to starch → low pH → decrease in TP → closure of stomata

iii) Hanes (1940)
According to Hanes – Enzyme phosphorylase is responsible for starch sugar conversion in the guard cells.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Guide Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 27